blob: cdca45b487e90ac1fde82f11363d915492a7277e [file] [log] [blame]
Lennart Poetteringd657c512012-01-25 02:20:38 +01001systemd System and Service Manager
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01002
Lennart Poetteringfcb97512018-07-25 20:36:11 +02003CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +01006 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
Lennart Poetteringfcb97512018-07-25 20:36:11 +02007 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +010012 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
13 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
15 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
16 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
17 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
18 start job.
Lennart Poetteringfcb97512018-07-25 20:36:11 +020019
20 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
21 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
22 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
23 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +010024 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
Lennart Poetteringfcb97512018-07-25 20:36:11 +020025 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
26 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
27 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
28 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
29 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
30
Lennart Poettering0972c1a2018-10-02 09:21:45 +020031 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
32 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
33 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
34 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
Lennart Poettering0abf9492018-11-28 21:58:51 +010035 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
Lennart Poettering0972c1a2018-10-02 09:21:45 +020036 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
37 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
38 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
39 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
40 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
41 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
42 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
43 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
44 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
45 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
46 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
47 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
48 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
49 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +010050 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
51 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
52 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
53 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
54 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
55 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
56 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
57 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
58 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
59 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
60 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
61 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
62 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
63 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
64 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
65 Java.)
Lennart Poettering0972c1a2018-10-02 09:21:45 +020066
Lennart Poetteringa8b627a2018-10-11 18:23:26 +020067 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
68 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
69 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
70 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
71 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
72 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
73 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
74 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=no and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=no)
75 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
76 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
77
Lennart Poettering4f7dc242018-11-12 17:00:32 +010078 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
79 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
80 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
81 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
82 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
83 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
84
Lubomir Rintel230450d2018-11-28 11:44:20 +010085 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
86 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
87 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
88 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
89 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
90
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +010091 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
Lubomir Rintel230450d2018-11-28 11:44:20 +010092 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
93
Chris Down23305a22018-12-11 13:41:50 +000094 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
95 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
96 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
97
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +010098 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
Chris Downa8467682018-12-11 13:43:29 +000099 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
100
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100101 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
102 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100103 controls the cgroupsv2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100104 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
105 cgroupsv2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
106 latency.
107
108 * systemd now supports the cgroupsv2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
109 to the cgroupsv1 "devices" cgroup controller.
110
111 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
112 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
113 instance part of a unit name.
114
115 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
116 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
117 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100118 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100119 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
120 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
121 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
122 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
123 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
124
125 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
126 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
127 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
128 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
129
130 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
131 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
132 to a file, and appending to it.
133
134 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
135 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
136 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
Lennart Poettering46b028f2018-12-13 16:53:40 +0100137 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100138 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
139 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100140
141 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
142 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
143 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
144 having to touch C code.
145
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100146 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
147 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100148
149 * systemd-logind will offer hibernation only if the currently used
150 kernel image is still available on disk.
151
152 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
153 DNS-over-TLS.
154
155 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
156 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
157 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
158
159 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
160 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
161 until the system finished start-up.
162
163 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
164
165 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
166 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
167 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
168 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
169 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
170 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
171 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
172
173 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
174 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
175 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
Yu Watanabed6131be2018-12-17 10:12:08 +0900176 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100177 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
Yu Watanabed6131be2018-12-17 10:12:08 +0900178 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
179 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
180 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
181 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
182 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
183 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
184 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100185
186 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
187 instantiate services.
188
189 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
190 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
191
192 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100193 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
194 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100195
196 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100197 it is neither used nor maintained.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100198
199 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
200 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
201 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100202 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
203 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
204 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
205 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
206 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
207 separated by colons.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100208
209 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
210 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
211
212 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
213 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
214
215 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
216 "ethtool advertise" commands.
217
218 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
219 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
220 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
221 directly.
222
223 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
224 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
225 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
226 ID.
227
228 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
229 and generate various 128bit IDs.
230
231 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
232 and LOGO=.
233
234 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
235 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
236 from any hibernated image.
237
238 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
239 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
240 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100241 kernel exports them.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100242
243 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
244 /usr/bin/.
245
246 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
247 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
248 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
249 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
250 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
251 now documented here:
252
253 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
254
255 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
256 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
257 installs during early boot.
258
259 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
260 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
261
262 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
263 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
264
265 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
266 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
267 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
268
269 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
270 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
271 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
272 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
273 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
274 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
275 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
276 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100277 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
278 is on AC power.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100279
280 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
281 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
282 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
283 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
284 see:
285
286 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
287
288 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
289 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
290 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
291 and container environments.
292
293 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
294 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
295 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
296 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
297
298 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
299 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
300 journald per-service.
301
302 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
303 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
304
305 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
306 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
307 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
308 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
309
310 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
311 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
312 groups.
313
314 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
315 --ephemeral command line switch.
316
317 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
318 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
319 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
320 object itself.
321
322 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100323 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
324 not unloaded).
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100325
326 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
327 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100328 the concept only exists on cgroupsv1) and apparently wasn't used.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100329
330 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100331 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
332 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
333 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
334 "dead" state on success.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100335
336 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
337 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
338 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
339 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
340 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
341 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100342 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100343 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
344 well-defined system service context.
345
346 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
347 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
348 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
349 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
350
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100351 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
352 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
353 continue to be used.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100354
355 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
356 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
357 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
358 for example:
359
360 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
361
362 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100363 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
364 the command line's exit code.
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100365
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100366 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100367
368 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
369
370 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
371 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
372 support to systemctl and all other commands.
373
374 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
375 name as argument.
376
377 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek421e3b42018-12-12 22:47:22 +0100378 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100379 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
380 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
381 is improved.
382
Lennart Poettering67081432018-12-14 11:46:07 +0100383 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
384 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
385 initialize one to all 0xFF.
386
Lennart Poettering98a7b552018-12-17 16:46:36 +0100387 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
388 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
389 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
390 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
391 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
392 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
393 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
394 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
395 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
396 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
397 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
398 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
399 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
400 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
401 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
402 these are opened they don't work.
403
404 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
405 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
406 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
407 logic works again.
408
409 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
410 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
411 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
412 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
413 ignore it.
414
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100415 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
416 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
417 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
418 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
Lennart Poetteringc37e2352018-12-18 12:56:56 +0100419 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
420 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
421 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
422 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
423 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
424 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, dj-kaktus, Dongsu Park,
425 Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters, Evgeni Golov,
426 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad, Faizal Luthfi,
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100427 Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank Schaefer, Frantisek
Lennart Poetteringc37e2352018-12-18 12:56:56 +0100428 Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe Scrivano, glitsj16,
429 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit Jain, Helmut Grohne,
430 Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen,
431 Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld, javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud,
432 Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg
433 Behrmann, Joerg Steffens, Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian
434 Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi, Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill
435 Marinushkin, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song,
436 Lorenz Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin
437 Janvier, Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
438 Marcin Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros,
439 Marko Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin
440 Wilck, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael
441 Olbrich, Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
442 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
443 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
444 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
445 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100446 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
Lennart Poetteringc37e2352018-12-18 12:56:56 +0100447 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
448 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
449 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
450 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
451 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
452 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
453 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
454 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
455 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
456 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
457 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
458 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100459
Lennart Poetteringc37e2352018-12-18 12:56:56 +0100460 — Somewhere, 2018-12-yy
Lennart Poettering6b1ab752018-12-12 20:33:02 +0100461
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +0200462CHANGES WITH 239:
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -0500463
464 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd69f5282018-06-14 09:18:02 +0200465 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
466 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
467 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
468 a slot number associated.
469
470 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
471 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
472 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
473 independent.
474
475 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
476 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
477 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
478
479 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
480 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
481 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
482 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
Stuart Hayes019cb3a2018-02-14 15:44:47 -0500483
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +0900484 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
485 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +0200486 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
487 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
488 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
489 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
490 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
491 e.g. NIS.
Yu Watanabe6e2d7442018-05-24 13:18:28 +0900492
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +0200493 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
494 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
495 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
496 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
497 may be necessary to update the file.
Yu Watanabee0eee472018-05-29 15:11:35 +0900498
Lennart Poettering1fc83d02018-06-01 19:13:38 +0200499 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
500 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
501 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
502 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
503 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
504 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
505 documentation.
506
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200507 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
508 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
509 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200510 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
511 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
512 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
513 them.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200514
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +0200515 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
516 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
Lennart Poetteringfe903cf2018-06-12 15:18:50 +0200517 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
518 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
519 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekce55bd52018-06-05 14:25:43 +0200520
Lennart Poetteringe01d9e22018-04-19 16:51:04 +0200521 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
522 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
523 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
524 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
525 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
526 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
527 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
528 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
529
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200530 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
531 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
532 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
533 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200534 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
535
Iwan Timmerc9299be2018-06-13 20:26:24 +0200536 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
537 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
Lennart Poetteringc086ce82018-06-12 20:50:15 +0200538 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
539 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
540 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
541
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900542 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
543 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
Lennart Poetteringabc291a2018-07-04 15:27:29 +0200544 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
545
546 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
547 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
548 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
549 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
550 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
551 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
552 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
553 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
554 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
555 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
556 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
557 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
558 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
559 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
560 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
561 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
562 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
563 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
564 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
565 from.
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900566
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200567 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
568 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
569 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200570 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
571
Lennart Poettering75da2622018-06-12 15:19:54 +0200572 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
573 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200574 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
575 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200576
577 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek3f9a0a52018-12-14 08:26:46 +0100578 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200579 hibernates again.
580
581 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
582 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
583
584 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
585 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
586 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
587
588 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
589 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
590 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
591 was not configurable and set to 512.
592
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200593 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
594 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
595 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
596 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
597 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
598 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
599 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
600 in particular su and sudo.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200601
602 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
603 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +0200604 synchronization has been received from the network. This
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200605 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
606 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
607 services.
608
609 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
610 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
611 files should work for hibernation now.
612
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200613 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
614 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200615 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
616 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
617 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
618 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
619 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
620 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200621 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
622 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200623 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200624 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
625 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
626 name following the last dash.
627
628 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200629 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200630 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek88099352018-06-21 00:08:36 +0200631 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
632 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200633
634 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
635 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
636 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200637 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
638 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
639 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200640
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200641 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
642 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
Lennart Poetteringba1dc1a2018-06-12 15:20:05 +0200643 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
644 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200645
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200646 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
647 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
648 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200649 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
650 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200651
652 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
653 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
654 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
655 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
656 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
657 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
658 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
659 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
660 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200661 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
662 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
663 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200664 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
665
666 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
667 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
668 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
669 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
670 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
671 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
672 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
673 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
674 settings.
675
676 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
677 expiration feature, if it is available.
678
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200679 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
680 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
681 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
682
683 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
684 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200685
686 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
687
688 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
689 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
690
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200691 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200692 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
693 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
694 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
695 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
696 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200697 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
698 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200699 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
700 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
701 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
702
Yu Watanabe704ae532018-06-21 10:51:35 +0900703 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
704 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
705 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
706 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200707
708 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
709 about its state.
710
Yu Watanabe73c718a2018-06-13 14:52:57 +0900711 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
712 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
713 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
714 "timedatectl set-ntp".
715
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200716 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
717 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200718 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200719 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
720 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
721 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
722 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
723 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
724 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200725 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200726 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
727
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200728 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200729 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
730
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200731 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200732 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200733 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
734 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200735 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
736 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
737
738 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
739 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
740 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
741 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
742 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
743 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
744 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
745
746 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
747 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200748 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
749 shown.)
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200750
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200751 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
752 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
753 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
754 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
755 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
756 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
757 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
758 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
759 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
760
761 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
762 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
763 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
764
765 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
766 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc7f93e22018-06-12 14:06:47 +0200767 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
768 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
769 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
770 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
771 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
772 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200773
774 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
775
776 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5cadf582018-06-12 14:06:13 +0200777 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200778 automatically when the system clock changed.)
779
780 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
781 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
782
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +0200783 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
784 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
785 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200786
Lennart Poetteringd6906102018-06-20 11:54:25 +0200787 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
788
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +0200789 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
Lennart Poetteringd6906102018-06-20 11:54:25 +0200790
791 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
792 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
793
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200794 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
795 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
796 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
797 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
798 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
799 external user databases.
800
801 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
802 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
803 refused due to the enforced limits.
804
805 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
806 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
807 manages.
808
Lennart Poetteringc49a7cb2018-06-12 16:26:36 +0200809 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
810 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
811 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
812 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
813 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
814 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
815 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
816 wher this is now used by default.
817
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek57ab4512018-06-20 22:35:36 +0200818 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
819 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
820
Lennart Poetteringc7668c12018-06-20 12:46:18 +0200821 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
822 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
823 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
824 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
825 update process in a generic way.
826
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200827 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
Lennart Poetteringec53d482018-06-12 15:18:25 +0200828 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200829 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
830 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
831 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
832 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
833 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
834 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
835 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
836 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
837 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
838 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
839 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
840 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
841 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
842 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
843 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
844 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
845 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
846 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
847 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
848 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
Lennart Poettering61d00252018-06-14 15:22:45 +0200849 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
Lennart Poetteringbb6f0712018-06-20 11:06:17 +0200850 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
851 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
852 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
853 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
854 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
855 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200856
Lennart Poetteringe8498f82018-06-22 12:57:54 +0200857 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
Lennart Poettering41a4c3e2018-06-12 12:02:51 +0200858
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100859CHANGES WITH 238:
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100860
861 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
862 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
863 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
864 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100865 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
866 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
867 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
868 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
869 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100870 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek444d5862018-02-15 11:43:08 +0100871 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
872 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
873 to revert this change.
Lennart Poetteringe0c46a72018-02-09 19:59:53 +0100874
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100875 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
876 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
877 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
878 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
879 once at the end of the transaction.
880
881 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
882 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
883 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
884 scripts.
885
886 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
887 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
888 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
889 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
890 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
891 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
892 still allowing local admin overrides.
893
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100894 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100895 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
896 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
897
898 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
Tomasz Torcz07a35e82018-03-06 09:35:47 +0100899 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek313c32c2018-03-05 10:25:17 +0100900 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
901 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
902 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
903
904 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
905 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
906 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
907 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
908 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
909 from package installation scripts.
910
911 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
912 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
913 without the user number ("u username -:456").
914
915 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
916 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
917
918 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
919 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
920 /sbin/nologin for other users).
921
922 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
923 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
924 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
925 --systemd, --user, or --global).
926
927 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
928 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
929 which are triggered meanwhile).
930
931 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
932 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
933 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
934 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
935 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
936
937 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
938 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
939 rotated very quickly.
940
941 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
942 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
943 pending bus messages.
944
945 * systemd gained a new
946 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
947 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
948 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
949 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
950 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
951 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
952 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
953 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
954 session scope.
955
956 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
957 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
958 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
959 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
960 the tree to be accessed.
961
962 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
963 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
964 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
965
966 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
967 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
968 to keys in the main keyring.
969
970 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
971
972 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
973 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
974
975 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
976
977 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
978 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
979 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
980 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
981 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
982 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
983 explicitly.
984
985 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
986 the colour of "OK" status messages.
987
988 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
989 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
990 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
991 be restarted.
992
993 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
994 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
995
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekc657bff2018-03-05 17:13:38 +0100996 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
997 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
998 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
999 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1000 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1001 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1002 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1003 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1004 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1005 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1006 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1007 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1008 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1009 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1010 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1011 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1012
1013 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1014
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +01001015CHANGES WITH 237:
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +01001016
1017 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1018 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1019 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1020 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1021
Lennart Poettering49e87292018-01-24 10:54:10 +01001022 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1023 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1024 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1025 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1026 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1027 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1028 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek15c55942018-09-12 16:11:15 +02001029 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1030 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1031 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
Lennart Poettering49e87292018-01-24 10:54:10 +01001032
Lennart Poettering82c8e3e2018-01-28 16:36:03 +01001033 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1034 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1035 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1036 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1037 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1038 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1039 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1040 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1041 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1042 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1043
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001044 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1045 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1046 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1047 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1048 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1049 now provides explicit control.
1050
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +01001051 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1052 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001053 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1054 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1055 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1a0cd2c2018-01-28 16:52:47 +01001056 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1057 unit types that already supported transient operation.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001058
1059 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1060 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1061 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1062
1063 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1064 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1065
1066 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1067 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1068 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1069 versions.
1070
1071 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +11001072 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001073 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1074 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1075 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1076 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1077 understands RapidCommit=.
1078
1079 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1080 Delegation.
1081
1082 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1083 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1084 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1085 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1086 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1087 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1088 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1089 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1090 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1091
1092 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1093 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1094 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1095 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1096 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1097 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1098 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1099 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersencaf2a2d2018-01-28 00:05:27 +01001100 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001101 "Disconnected" signals).
1102
1103 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1104 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1105 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1106 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1107 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1108 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1109 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1110 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1111 round-trips are removed.
1112
1113 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1114 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1115 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1116 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1117
1118 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1119 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1120 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1121 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1122 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1123 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1124
1125 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1126 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1127 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1128 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +11001129 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1130 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001131 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1132 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1133 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1134 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1135
1136 * sd-event gained a new call pair
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +11001137 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1138 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001139 when the event source is destroyed.
1140
1141 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1142 connections.
1143
Clinton Roy6cddc792018-01-26 21:44:11 +11001144 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1145 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1146 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001147 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1148 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1149 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1150 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1151
1152 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1153 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1154 manager.
1155
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek31751f72018-01-28 16:54:18 +01001156 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke6501af2018-01-28 15:52:06 +01001157 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1158 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1159 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1160 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1161
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +05301162 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001163 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +05301164 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001165 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1166 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +05301167 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001168
1169 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02001170 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001171 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1172 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1173 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
bleep_blop56a29112018-01-27 22:03:52 +05301174 level/target is given as an argument.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001175
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001176 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1177 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1178 where UID and GID do not match.
Lennart Poettering95894b92018-01-25 13:18:28 +01001179
Lennart Poettering508058c2018-01-28 13:28:58 +01001180 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
1181 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1182 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1183 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1184 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1185 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1186 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1187 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1188 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1189 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1190 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1191 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1192 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1193 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1194 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1195 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1196 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1197 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1198 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1199 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1200 Палаузов
1201
1202 — Brno, 2018-01-28
Martin Pitt2b0c59b2018-01-22 21:17:08 +01001203
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +01001204CHANGES WITH 236:
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +03001205
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001206 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1207 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1208 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1209 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
Mantas Mikulėnas195b9432017-10-23 23:56:01 +03001210
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +01001211 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1212 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1213 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1214 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1215 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1216 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1217 valid specifiers today.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek751223f2017-11-24 12:19:40 +01001218
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -04001219 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001220 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1221 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1222 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1223 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1224 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
Dimitri John Ledkove6b2d942017-10-24 09:28:41 -04001225
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001226 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1227 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1228 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1229 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1230
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001231 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1232 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1233 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1234 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1235 services are resolved properly.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001236
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +01001237 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1238 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1239 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1240 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1241 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1242 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1243 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1244 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1245 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1246 and btrfs.
1247
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001248 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1249 DNS server and domain information.
1250
1251 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1252 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1253 runtime.
1254
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001255 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001256 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1257 empty for the first time.
1258
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +01001259 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1260 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1261 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1262 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1263 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1264 running in the user session.
1265
1266 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1267 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1268 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1269 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1270 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1271 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001272 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8ea2dcb2017-12-07 21:03:32 +01001273 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001274 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1275 user instance).
1276
1277 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1278 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1279
1280 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001281 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1282 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1283 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001284
1285 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001286 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001287
1288 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1289 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1290 sleep verbs.
1291
Yu Watanabee9ad86d2017-12-01 04:48:57 +09001292 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001293
1294 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001295 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001296
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001297 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001298
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001299 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1300 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1301 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001302
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001303 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1304 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1305 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1306 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1307 instance.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001308
1309 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1310 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1311 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1312
1313 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1314 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1315 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1316
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001317 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001318
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001319 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1320 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1321 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1322 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1323 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1324 processes.
1325
1326 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1327 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1328 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1329 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
1330
1331 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1332 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1333 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001334
1335 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1336 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1337 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1338 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001339 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001340
1341 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1342 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1343
1344 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1345 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1346 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1347 time the specified expression would elapse.
1348
1349 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek89780842017-12-01 16:25:19 +01001350 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1351 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1352 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1353 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1354 types, not just services.
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001355
1356 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
Christian Hessedd014ee2017-12-06 23:49:01 +01001357 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001358 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1359 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1360
1361 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1362 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1363 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1364 interface for this purpose.
1365
1366 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1367 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1368 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1369 anyway.
1370
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +01001371 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1372 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +01001373 requirements of systemd.
1374
1375 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1376 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1377 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1378
1379 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1380 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1381 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1382 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1383
Daniel Blacka3274312017-12-14 22:17:43 +11001384 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1385 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1386 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1387 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1388
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +01001389 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1390 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1391
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +01001392 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1393 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1394 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1395 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1396 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1397 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1398
1399 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1400 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1401 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1402
Lennart Poettering39254962017-12-08 22:25:49 +01001403 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1404 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1405 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +01001406 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
Lennart Poetteringa1b2c922017-12-14 23:09:57 +01001407 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1408 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1409 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1410 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1411 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1412 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1413 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1414 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1415 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1416 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1417 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1418 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1419 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1420 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1421 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1422 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1423 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1424 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1425 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
Lennart Poettering67eb5b32017-11-30 20:07:18 +01001426
Lennart Poetteringea2a3c92017-12-13 18:27:59 +01001427 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
Tom Stellard3754abc2017-11-08 08:35:23 -08001428
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +01001429CHANGES WITH 235:
1430
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +01001431 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1432 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1433 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1434 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
Shawn Landden23d37362017-11-20 18:05:57 -08001435 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
Lennart Poettering2bcbffd2017-11-16 03:57:32 +01001436 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1437 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1438 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1439 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1440 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1441 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1442 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1443 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1444 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1445 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1446 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1447 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1448 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1449 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1450 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1451 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1452 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1453 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1454 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1455 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1456 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1457
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001458 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1459 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1460 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1461 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1462 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1463 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1464 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1465 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
Dimitri John Ledkov582faeb2017-08-02 13:41:18 +01001466
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001467 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001468 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1469 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1470 used to change those values.
Lucas Werkmeisteref5a8cb2017-09-07 23:41:20 +02001471
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001472 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1473 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001474 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1475 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1476 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1477 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001478
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001479 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1480 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1481 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1482 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001483
1484 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1485 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1486 one top-level directory.
1487
1488 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1489 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1490 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001491 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001492 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1493 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1494 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1495 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1496 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1497 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1498 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
Lennart Poettering75dfbba2017-10-05 17:23:17 +02001499 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1500 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1501 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1502 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001503
1504 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1505 Meson-only.
1506
1507 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1508 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1509 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1510 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1511 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1512 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1513 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1514 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1515 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1516 acceptable to us.
1517
1518 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1519 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1520 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1521 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1522 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1523 requested at build time.
1524
1525 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1526 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1527 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1528 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1529 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1530 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1531 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1532 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1533 Type= setting which permits configuring
1534 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1535
1536 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1537 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1538 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1539 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1540 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1541 local frames between bridge ports.
1542
1543 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1544 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1545 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1546
1547 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001548 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001549
1550 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001551 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1552 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001553 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1554
1555 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1556 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1557 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001558 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1559 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1560 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1561 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001562 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1563
1564 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1565 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1566 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1567 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1568 command.)
1569
1570 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1571 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1572 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1573
Lennart Poettering44898c52017-09-30 14:34:50 +02001574 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1575 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001576 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1577 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1578
1579 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1580 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1581 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1582 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1583 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1584 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1585 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1586 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1587 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1588 on systems where this is not supported.
1589
1590 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1591 sockets.
1592
1593 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1594 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1595 during runtime.
1596
1597 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1598 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001599 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001600
1601 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1602 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1603 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1604
1605 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1606 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001607 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1608 Following this logic, two new special targets
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001609 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001610 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1611 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001612
1613 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001614 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1615 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001616 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1617
1618 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1619 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1620 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1621 --wait".
1622
1623 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1624 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1625 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1626 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1627 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1628 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1629 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1630 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1631 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1632
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001633 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek608f70e2017-10-05 15:41:33 +02001634 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001635 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1636 invocation.
1637
1638 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1639 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1640 processes.
1641
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001642 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1643 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1644 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001645 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1646 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
Lennart Poetteringe06fafb2017-10-02 16:30:01 +02001647 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1648 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1649 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1650 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1651 systems for all five operations.
1652
1653 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1654 the system.
1655
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001656 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1657 than UTC or the local timezone.
1658
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001659 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek21723f52017-10-05 13:16:31 +02001660 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1661 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1662 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1663 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1664 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1665 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1666 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
Lennart Poetteringf6e64b72017-10-04 21:44:29 +02001667
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001668 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1669 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1670 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1671 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
Lennart Poetteringcf844842017-10-05 16:53:32 +02001672 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1673 again.
1674
1675 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1676 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1677 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
Lennart Poetteringd55b0462017-09-29 21:19:54 +02001678
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001679 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1680 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
Lennart Poettering76451c12017-10-05 17:38:40 +02001681 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1682 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1683 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1684 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1685 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1686 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1687 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1688 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1689 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1690 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1691 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1692 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1693 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1694 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1695 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1696 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1697 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1698 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001699
Lennart Poetteringc1719d82017-10-06 10:18:04 +02001700 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
Lennart Poetteringfccf5412017-09-28 11:26:02 +02001701
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001702CHANGES WITH 234:
1703
1704 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1705 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1706 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1707 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1708 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1709 summary:
1710
1711 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1712
1713 becomes:
1714
1715 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1716
1717 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1718 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1719 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1720 .device units.
1721
1722 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1723 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1724 running a systemd user instance.
1725
1726 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1727 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1728 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1729 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1730 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1731 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1732
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001733 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001734
1735 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1736 (domain search list).
1737
1738 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02001739 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001740 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1741 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1742 implementation of RA.
1743
1744 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1745 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1746 ISO date values.
1747
1748 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1749 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1750 devices.
1751
1752 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1753 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1754 option.
1755
1756 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f7ab222017-07-12 03:25:59 -04001757 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1758 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1759 default yet.
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001760
1761 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1762 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1763 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1764 SHA256SUMS files.
1765
1766 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1767 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1768
1769 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1770
1771 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1772
1773 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1774 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek5486a312017-05-12 08:31:46 -04001775
1776 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1777 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1778 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1779 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1780
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001781 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1782 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001783 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek9f09a952017-06-30 13:36:42 -04001784 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1785 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1786 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1787 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1788 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1789 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1790 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1791
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001792 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1793 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1794 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1795 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
Thomas H. P. Andersen38d93382017-07-03 23:35:05 +02001796 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
Yu Watanabe9d8813b2017-05-30 22:45:10 +09001797 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1798
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001799 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001800 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1801 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1802 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1803 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001804 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1805 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1806 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1807 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001808 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1809 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1810 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1811 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1812 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1813 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1814 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1815 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1816 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1817 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1818 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1819 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1820 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1821 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1822 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1823 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
Lennart Poettering184d2c12017-07-03 11:19:20 +02001824 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1825 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001826 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1827 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1828 Георгиевски
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001829
Lennart Poetteringac172e52017-07-11 19:17:58 +02001830 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
Lennart Poettering4b4da292017-06-27 23:06:55 +02001831
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01001832CHANGES WITH 233:
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001833
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001834 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1835 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1836 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1837 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1838 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1839 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1840 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1841 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1842 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1843
1844 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1845 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1846 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1847 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1848 default selected on the configure command line
1849 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1850 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1851 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1852 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1853 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1854 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1855 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1856 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1857 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1858 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1859
1860 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1861 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1862 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1863 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1864 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1865 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1866 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1867 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1868 further details about this.)
1869
Mike Gilbertfb7c4ef2016-12-30 08:52:36 -05001870 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1871 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1872 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1873
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001874 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1875 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1876
Lennart Poetteringd60c5272017-03-01 22:43:06 +01001877 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4dfe64f2017-03-01 16:29:38 -05001878 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1879 with 'make install-tests'.
1880
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001881 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1882 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1883 kernel.
1884
1885 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1886 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1887 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1888 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1889 by the Slice= option.
1890
Lennart Poettering5cfc0a82016-12-12 13:40:58 +01001891 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1892 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1893 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1894 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1895
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001896 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1897 following choices:
1898
Franck Buib0eb2942016-11-15 09:29:04 +01001899 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
Franck Buidd6f9ac2016-11-12 15:08:29 +01001900 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001901 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
Franck Buid172b172016-11-07 17:14:59 +01001902 (h)elp
Franck Buieedf2232016-11-12 14:55:12 +01001903 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
Franck Bui56fde332016-11-13 16:28:04 +01001904 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
Franck Bui2bcc3302016-11-13 09:32:52 +01001905 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1906 (y)es, execute the command
1907
1908 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1909 because its meaning was confusing.
1910
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001911 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1912 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1913
Jouke Witteveen8e458bf2016-11-28 18:54:37 +01001914 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1915 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1916 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1917
Lennart Poettering85266f92017-02-21 21:00:09 +01001918 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1919 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1920 state directly, without executing these commands.
1921
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001922 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1923 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001924 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
Dmitry Rozhkovfa8b4492017-01-18 17:27:40 +02001925
Lennart Poettering631b6762016-11-24 18:47:48 +01001926 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1927 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1928 combination with After=) have been started.
1929
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001930 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1931 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001932 setting, and which system calls they contain.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001933
1934 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001935 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001936 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001937 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001938 configuration related calls.
1939
1940 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1941 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1942 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001943 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1944 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1945 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1946 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001947
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001948 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1949 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001950
1951 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1952 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1953 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1954
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001955 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1956 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1957
1958 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1959 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1960 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1961 for compatibility.
1962
1963 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1964 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1965
1966 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1967 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1968
1969 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1970 support for negative matching.
1971
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001972 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1973
1974 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1975 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1976
1977 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1978 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1979 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1980 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1981 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1982 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1983 removed from the drive.
1984
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001985 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1986 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001987
1988 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1989 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1990
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05001991 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1992 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1993 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01001994
1995 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1996 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1997 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1998 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01001999 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2000 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2001 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002002
2003 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2004 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2005 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002006 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002007 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2008 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2009
2010 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2011 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2012
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002013 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2014 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002015 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01002016 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002017 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2018 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2019 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2020 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2021
2022 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2023 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2024 including all control processes.
2025
2026 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2027 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2028 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2029
2030 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2031 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2032 prefixing the source path with "+".
2033
2034 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2035 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2036 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2037 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2038 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2039 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2040 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2041 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2042
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01002043 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2044 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2045 before).
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002046
2047 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2048 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2049 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2050 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2051 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2052 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2053 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2054
2055 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2056 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2057 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2058 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2059 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2060 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2061 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
Thomas H. P. Andersen3b31c462017-02-25 15:19:26 +01002062 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002063 versions.
2064
2065 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01002066 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002067 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2068 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2069 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2070 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2071 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2072 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2073 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2074 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2075 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2076 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2077 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2078 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2079 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2080 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2081 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2082 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2083 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2084 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2085 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2086
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002087 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2088 accelerometer quirks.
2089
2090 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2091 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2092 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2093 ID of each service.
2094
2095 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2096 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2097 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2098 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2099 view.
2100
2101 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2102 environment variables:
2103
killermoehrea8a27372018-09-13 13:53:03 +02002104 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002105
2106 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2107 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2108 address.
2109
2110 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2111 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2112 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2113
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002114 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002115 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2116 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2117 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2118 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002119 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002120 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2121 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002122 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2123 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2124 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2125 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002126 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002127
2128 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2129 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2130 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2131
2132 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2133 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2134
2135 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2136 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2137 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2138 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002139 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002140
2141 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2142 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2143 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2144
2145 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2146 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2147
2148 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2149 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2150 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2151 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2152
2153 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2154 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2155 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2156 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2157 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2158 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2159 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2160 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2161 possibly even including full integrity data.
2162
2163 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
Martin Pittbaf32782017-02-21 15:41:44 +01002164 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002165 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2166 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2167 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2168
2169 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2170 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2171 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2172 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2173 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2174
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002175 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002176 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002177 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2178 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2179
Lucas Werkmeisterc1ec34d2017-03-02 01:08:32 +01002180 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002181 of coredumps in reverse order.
2182
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01002183 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2184 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2185 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2186 additional informational message in its output.
2187
2188 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2189 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2190 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2191
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek23eb30b2017-03-01 16:14:12 -05002192 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
2193 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
2194 scripting languages such as Python.
2195
2196 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2197 namespacing is enabled for them.
2198
2199 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
2200 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2201 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
2202 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
2203 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2204 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
2205
2206 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2207 root key (KSK).
2208
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01002209 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2210 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2211 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2212
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002213 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2214 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2215 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2216 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2217 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2218 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2219 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2220 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2221 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01002222 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2223 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2224 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2225 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2226 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2227 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2228 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2229 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2230 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2231 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2232 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2233 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2234 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2235 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2236 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2237 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2238 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2239 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2240 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2241 Тихонов
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002242
Lennart Poetteringa2b53442017-03-01 17:21:29 +01002243 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
Lennart Poetteringd08ee7c2017-02-21 13:59:12 +01002244
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06002245CHANGES WITH 232:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04002246
Lennart Poettering05f426d2017-02-22 01:36:12 +01002247 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2248 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2249 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2250 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2251 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2252 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2253
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002254 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2255 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2256
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02002257 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02002258 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2259 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02002260
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002261 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2262 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2263 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2264
Djalal Harounie49e2c22016-10-22 00:43:36 +02002265 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002266 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2267 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2268 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2269
Djalal Harouni6fa44112016-10-21 13:25:23 +02002270 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002271 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2272
2273 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2274 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2275 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2276
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002277 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2278 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2279 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2280 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2281 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2282 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2283 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002284 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2285 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2286 permanent modifications to the system.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002287
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002288 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002289 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002290 container or chroot environments.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002291
2292 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002293 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2294 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2295 mapped to nobody.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002296
2297 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2298 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2299 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2300 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2301
2302 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2303 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2304
2305 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2306 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2307 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2308 and the support is provisional.
2309
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002310 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2311 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2312 unit files in the file system).
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002313
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002314 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2315 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2316 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2317 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2318 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2319 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2320 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2321 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2322 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2323 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2324 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2325 state is fixed automatically.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002326
2327 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2328 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2329 option.
2330
2331 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2332 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2333 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2334 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2335 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2336 else.
2337
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002338 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2339 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2340 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2341 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2342 bootable on physical systems.
2343
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002344 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002345
2346 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2347 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2348 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2349 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2350 used.
2351
2352 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02002353 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002354 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2355 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2356
Elias Probst05ecf462016-10-04 14:37:28 +02002357 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002358
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02002359 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002360 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2361 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2362 of the container).
2363
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002364 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002365 files from the specified location.
2366
2367 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2368 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2369 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2370 be active.
2371
2372 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2373 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2374 trackball devices.
2375
2376 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2377 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2378 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2379
2380 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002381 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2382 specified service binary exited.)
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002383
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002384 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002385 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2386
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002387 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002388 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002389 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2390 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2391 --since= and --until= options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002392
2393 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2394 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2395 are automatically propagated to the container.
2396
2397 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002398 from a single IP address can be limited with
2399 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2400 MaxConnections=.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002401
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002402 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2403 configuration.
2404
2405 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2406 drop-ins.
2407
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002408 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2409 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2410 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2411 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2412 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2413 [Link] section of .link files.
2414
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002415 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2416 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2417 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2418 section of .netdev files.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002419
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002420 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002421 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2422 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2423
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002424 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002425 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2426 .network files.
2427
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002428 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2429 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2430 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2431 service runtime cycle.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002432
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002433 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
Lucas Werkmeister1f4f4cf2016-10-04 15:53:16 +02002434 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002435 has been traditionally doing.
2436
2437 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2438 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2439 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2440 prevent any later plugins from running.
2441
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04002442 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
Thomas H. P. Andersend4c08292016-10-04 20:41:46 +02002443 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek76153ad2016-07-26 02:19:33 -04002444 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2445 default of SplitMode=uid.
2446
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4a77c532016-10-02 14:51:49 +02002447 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2448 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2449 useful.
2450
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002451 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2452 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2453 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2454 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2455 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2456 individual namespaces.
2457
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002458 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2459 the output, as well as OS release information.
2460
2461 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2462
2463 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2464 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2465 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2466 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2467 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2468
2469 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
Michael Bieblbc99dac2018-06-12 15:41:38 +02002470 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
Lennart Poettering171ae2c2016-10-21 20:15:18 +02002471 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2472 severed.
2473
2474 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2475 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2476 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2477 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2478 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2479 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2480 information about exit statuses and results.
2481
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02002482 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2483 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2484 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2485 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2486 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2487 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2488
2489 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2490
2491 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2492 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2493 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2494 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2495 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2496 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2497 entirely.
2498
2499 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2500 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2501 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2502
2503 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2504 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2505 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2506 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2507 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2508 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2509 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2510 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2511 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2512 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2513 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2514 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2515 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2516 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2517 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2518 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2519 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2520
2521 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2522 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2523 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2524 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2525
2526 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2527 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2528 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2529 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2530
2531 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2532 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2533 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2534 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2535 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2536 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2537 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2538 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2539 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2540 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2541 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2542 fragment entirely.)
2543
2544 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2545 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2546 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2547
2548 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2549 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2550 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2551 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2552
2553 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2554 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2555 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2556 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2557 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2558 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2559
2560 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2561 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2562
Lennart Poetteringb4eed562016-11-02 16:02:12 -06002563 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2564 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2565
2566 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2567 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2568 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2569 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2570 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2571
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002572 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2573 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2574 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2575 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2576 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2577 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2578 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2579 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2580 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2581 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2582 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2583 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2584 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2585 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2586 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2587 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2588 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2589 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2590 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2591 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2592 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2593 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2594 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2595 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2596 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2597 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2598
Lennart Poettering54b24592016-11-03 08:56:26 -06002599 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
Lennart Poettering07393b62016-11-02 15:52:57 -06002600
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002601CHANGES WITH 231:
2602
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002603 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2604 with an additional special character as first argument of the
Lennart Poettering43eb1092016-07-25 16:53:33 +02002605 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002606 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2607 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2608 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2609 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2610 independently.
2611
2612 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2613 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2614
2615 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2616 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2617 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2618 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002619 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002620 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2621 values.
2622
2623 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2624 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2625 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2626 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2627 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2628
2629 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2630 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2631 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2632 7:10am every day.
2633
2634 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2635 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2636 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2637 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2638 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2639 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2640 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2641 available for compatibility.
2642
2643 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2644 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2645 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2646 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2647 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2648 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2649
2650 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2651 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2652 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2653 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2654 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2655 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2656 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2657 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2658 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2659
2660 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2661 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2662 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2663 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002664 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2665 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2666 desired options.
2667
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002668 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2669 cgroupsv2.
Martin Pittceeddf72016-06-24 07:54:28 +02002670
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002671 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2672 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2673 limited to subgroups of that group.
2674
2675 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2676 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2677 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002678 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002679 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2680 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2681 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2682 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2683
2684 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2685 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2686 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2687 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2688 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2689 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2690 own long-running services.
2691
2692 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2693 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2694 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2695 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2696
2697 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2698 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2699 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2700 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2701 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2702 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2703 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2704 primitives.
2705
2706 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2707 "terminate".
2708
2709 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2710 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2711
2712 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2713 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2714 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2715 --flush-caches".
2716
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002717 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002718 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2719 is shown.
2720
2721 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2722 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2723 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002724 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002725 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2726 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2727
2728 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2729 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2730 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2731 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2732 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2733 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2734 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2735 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2736 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2737 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2738 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2739 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2740 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2741 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2742 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2743 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2744 bus API instead.
2745
2746 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2747 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2748 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2749 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2750
2751 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2752 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2753 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2754 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2755
2756 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2757 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2758 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2759
2760 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2761 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2762
2763 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2764 interface configuration.
2765
2766 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2767 specifying the --force switch.
2768
2769 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2770 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2771 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2772
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002773 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2774 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2775 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2776 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002777 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002778 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2779 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2780 to be handled.
2781
2782 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2783 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2784
2785 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2786 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2787
2788 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2789 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2790 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2791
Lennart Poettering0f1da522016-07-25 15:27:10 +02002792 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2793 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2794
2795 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2796 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2797 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2798 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2799 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2800 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
Yu Watanabeead6bd22018-05-30 01:07:37 +09002801 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1ecbf322016-07-25 10:34:56 -04002802 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2803 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2804 library.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek43a569a2016-07-23 04:11:30 -04002805
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002806 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2807 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2808 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2809 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2810 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2811 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02002812 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002813 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2814 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
Lennart Poetteringf09eb762018-02-26 11:48:46 +01002815 doc/HACKING for details.
Lennart Poetteringfcd30822016-07-22 20:18:34 +02002816
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek4ffe2472016-09-14 01:40:02 -04002817 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2818 distribution's bugtracker.
2819
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002820 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2821 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2822 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2823 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2824 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2825 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2826 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2827 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2828 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2829 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2830 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2831 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2832 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2833 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2834 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2835 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek771de3f2016-07-22 21:40:46 -04002836 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2837 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002838 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002839
Lennart Poettering38b383d2016-07-25 21:49:47 +02002840 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
Martin Pitt5cd118b2016-06-22 13:22:47 +02002841
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04002842CHANGES WITH 230:
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002843
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002844 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2845 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2846 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2847 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2848 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2849 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2850 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2851 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2852 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
Torstein Husebø96d49012016-02-08 13:27:22 +01002853 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002854 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2855 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2856 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2857 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2858 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002859 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2860 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2861 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2862 applications.)
Lennart Poettering61ecb462016-02-15 18:40:02 +01002863
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002864 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002865 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002866 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002867
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002868 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2869 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
Thomas H. P. Andersen977f2be2016-05-07 23:52:31 +02002870 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002871 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2872 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2873 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2874 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002875
2876 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2877 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2878 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002879 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002880 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002881 command works for tmux.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002882
2883 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2884 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2885 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek152199f2016-04-12 22:52:28 -04002886 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2887 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2888 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek7f6e8042016-02-11 22:11:33 -05002889
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek95365a52016-04-11 22:51:31 -04002890 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002891 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05002892
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002893 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2894 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02002895 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002896
2897 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2898
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002899 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002900 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002901 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2902 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2903 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002904
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002905 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2906 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2907 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002908 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002909
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002910 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2911 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002912 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2913 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002914 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2915 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002916
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002917 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2918 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002919 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2920
2921 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2922 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2923 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2924 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2925 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2926 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2927
2928 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2929 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2930 address.
2931
2932 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2933 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2934 should be emitted.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002935
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002936 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek97e55302016-04-09 20:40:45 -04002937 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2938 supported.
2939
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002940 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2941 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2942 logging performance.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002943
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002944 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2945 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2946 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2947 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2948 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2949 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2950
2951 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2952 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2953 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2954 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2955
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002956 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2957 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002958
2959 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2960 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2961 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2962
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002963 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04002964
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002965 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2966 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04002967 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2968 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002969
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04002970 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2971 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2972 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2973 refuse to operate on such files.
2974
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002975 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2976 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2977 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2978
2979 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2980 just hidden container images.
2981
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002982 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2983 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2984
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002985 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2986 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2987 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2988 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek24597ee2016-10-20 23:03:26 -04002989 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2990 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2991 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2992 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2993 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2994 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2995 been changed to use this functionality by default.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02002996
Lennart Poettering25b0e6c2016-05-16 22:18:39 +02002997 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2998 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2999 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3000 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3001 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3002 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3003 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3004 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3005 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3006 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3007 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3008 terminates.
3009
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02003010 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek8951eae2016-05-07 11:43:39 -04003011 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3012 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3013 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02003014
Daniele Medri030bd832016-05-07 05:00:12 +02003015 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02003016 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3017 rate of the socket unit.
3018
3019 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3020 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3021 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3022 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3023 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3024
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02003025 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3026 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3027 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
Thomas H. P. Andersen188d3082016-05-20 15:04:01 +02003028 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
Lennart Poettering999a43f2016-05-16 23:07:08 +02003029 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3030 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3031 with this.
3032
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04003033 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3034 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02003035
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04003036 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3037 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3038
3039 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3040 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3041 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3042 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3043 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3044
3045 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3046 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3047 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3048
Dave Reisner4f9020f2016-05-23 10:31:47 +02003049 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3050 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3051 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3052 target is now included in early userspace.
3053
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04003054 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3055 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3056 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3057 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3058 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3059 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3060 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3061 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02003062 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3063 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04003064 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3065 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3066 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
Clemens Gruber77ff6022016-05-18 01:34:25 +02003067 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3068 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3069 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeke75690c2016-05-19 00:11:20 -04003070 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3071 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3072 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3073 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3074 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3075 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04003076 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3077 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3078 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3079 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poetteringe40a3262016-05-06 16:55:44 +02003080
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek46e40fa2016-05-21 17:51:13 -04003081 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek96515db2016-04-03 13:16:06 -04003082
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003083CHANGES WITH 229:
3084
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003085 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3086 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3087 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003088 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3089 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3090 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3091 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3092 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3093 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3094 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3095 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3096 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3097 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003098
3099 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003100 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3101 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3102 /usr/bin.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003103
3104 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3105 devices.
3106
Lennart Poetteringa7c723c2016-02-10 16:34:11 +01003107 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3108 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3109 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3110 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3111 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3112 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3113 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3114 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3115 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3116 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3117 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3118 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3119 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3120 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3121 this limit.
3122
3123 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3124 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3125 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3126 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3127 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3128 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3129 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3130 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3131
3132 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3133 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3134 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3135 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3136 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3137 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3138 and group at package installation time.
3139
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003140 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3141 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3142 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3143 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3144 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3145
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003146 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3147 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003148 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3149 supports it.
3150
3151 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3152 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3153
3154 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3155 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3156 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3157 file is already initialized.
3158
3159 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3160 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003161 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3162 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3163 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3164 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3165 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3166 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003167 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3168
3169 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3170 working directory for the process started in the container.
3171
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003172 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3173 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3174 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3175 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3176 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003177
3178 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3179 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3180 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3181
3182 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3183 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3184 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3185 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3186
3187 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003188 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3189 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3190 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3191 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003192
3193 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003194 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3195 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3196 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003197
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003198 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3199 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3200 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003201 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3202 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3203 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3204 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3205 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003206 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003207 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3208 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3209 by PID 1.
3210
Daniel Mack50f48ad2016-02-10 15:44:01 +01003211 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3212 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3213 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3214 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3215 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3216 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3217 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3218 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3219
3220 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3221
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003222 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003223 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003224 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3225
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003226 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3227 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3228 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003229 recent kernels.
3230
3231 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3232 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3233
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003234 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003235 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3236 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3237 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3238 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3239 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3240 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3241 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3242 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3243 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003244 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeked5f8842016-02-10 09:09:36 -05003245 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3246 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003247
3248 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
Martin Pitt8968aea2016-02-10 13:51:10 +01003249 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3250 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3251 clusters or larger setups.
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003252
3253 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3254
3255 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3256 sockets.
3257
3258 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3259
3260 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3261 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3262 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3263 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3264 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3265 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3266
3267 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3268 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3269 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3270
3271 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3272 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003273 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3274 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
Lennart Poetteringd5f8b292016-02-10 12:29:38 +01003275
3276 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003277
Lennart Poetteringdd95b382018-01-04 13:52:50 +01003278 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3279 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3280 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3281 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3282 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3283 maintain compatibility.
3284
Lennart Poettering3545ab32016-02-11 13:02:35 +01003285 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3286 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3287 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3288 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3289 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3290 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3291 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3292 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3293 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3294 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3295 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3296 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3297 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3298 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3299 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3300 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3301 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3302 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3303 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003304
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003305 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
Martin Pitt61f32bf2016-02-01 12:09:34 +01003306
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003307CHANGES WITH 228:
3308
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003309 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3310 files are now also available as properties to set when
3311 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3312 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3313 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3314 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3315 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3316 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3317 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3318
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003319 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3320 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3321 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003322
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003323 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3324 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3325 created transiently.
3326
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003327 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3328 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3329 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3330 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3331 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01003332 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003333 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3334 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3335
3336 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3337 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3338 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3339
3340 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3341 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3342 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3343 enabled.
3344
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003345 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3346 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3347 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3348 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3349 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3350 subvolumes.
3351
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003352 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3353 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3354
3355 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
3356 individual indexes.
3357
3358 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3359 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3360 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3361 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3362 suffixes now.
3363
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003364 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3365 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3366 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3367 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3368 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3369 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3370 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3371 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3372 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3373 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3374 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3375 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3376 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3377 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3378 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3379 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3380 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3381 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3382 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3383 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3384 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3385
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003386 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3387 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3388 links between the host and the container.
3389
3390 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3391 added that allows importing select environment variables
3392 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3393 the service.
3394
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01003395 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02003396 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
Lennart Poetteringddb4b0d2015-11-18 12:17:57 +01003397 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3398 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3399 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3400 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3401 than until they first elapse.
3402
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003403 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
3404 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3405 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
3406 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3407 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3408 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3409 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3410 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003411
3412 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3413 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3414 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3415 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3416 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3417 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3418 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01003419 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003420 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3421 journal and in coredump handling.
3422
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003423 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3424 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3425 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen815bb5b2015-11-15 17:30:33 +01003426 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003427 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3428 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3429 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3430 software you package still references it, as this is a
3431 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3432 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003433
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003434 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003435
Lennart Poetteringd5bd92b2016-04-08 19:13:43 +02003436 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3437 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3438
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003439 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3440 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3441 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3442
Lennart Poetteringb9e2f7e2015-11-13 14:59:25 +01003443 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3444 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3445 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3446 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3447 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3448 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3449 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3450 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3451 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3452 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3453 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3454 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3455 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3456 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3457 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3458 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3459
3460 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3461 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3462 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3463 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3464 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3465 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3466 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3467 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3468 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3469 surprises.
3470
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003471 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3472 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3473 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3474 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3475 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3476 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3477 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3478 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3479 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3480 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3481 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003482 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003483 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3484 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3485 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3486 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3487 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3488 of PID 1 is the root user).
3489
3490 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3491 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3492 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
Lennart Poetteringf1f8a5a2015-11-17 01:31:42 +01003493 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3494 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3495 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3496 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3497 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3498 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3499 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3500 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3501 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3502 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3503 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3504 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering28c85da2015-11-13 13:59:50 +01003505
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003506 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
Lennart Poetteringa11c7ea2015-11-12 13:40:21 +01003507
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003508CHANGES WITH 227:
3509
3510 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3511 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3512 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3513
3514 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3515 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3516 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3517 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3518 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3519 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3520
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003521 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3522 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003523 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3524 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003525 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003526
3527 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003528 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3529 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3530 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3531 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3532 packets on unestablished sockets.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003533
3534 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek6fd55172015-09-30 11:48:33 -04003535 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003536 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3537 automatically.
3538
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003539 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3540 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3541 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3542
3543 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3544 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3545 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3546 for disk IO.
3547
3548 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3549 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3550 removed.
3551
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003552 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3553 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3554 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3555 configured in User=.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003556
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003557 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3558 directory of the selected user by default.
3559
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003560 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003561 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3562 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3563 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3564 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3565 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3566 compat reasons.
Daniel Mack21d86c62015-09-30 12:40:44 +02003567
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003568 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
Daniel Mack8b5f9d12015-10-01 13:28:09 +02003569 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003570 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3571 units.
3572
3573 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3574 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3575 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3576 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3577 level.
3578
3579 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3580 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3581 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3582 namespaces work correctly.
3583
3584 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3585 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3586 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
Michael Biebl595bfe72016-07-12 12:52:11 +02003587 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003588 activation.
3589
3590 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3591 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3592 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3593 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3594 system instance in a container.
3595
3596 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3597 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3598 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3599 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3600 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3601 connections.
3602
3603 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3604 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3605
3606 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3607 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3608 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3609 processes attached, or similar.
3610
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003611 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3612 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3613 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3614
3615 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3616 specifiers like %i or %f.
3617
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02003618 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003619 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3620 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3621 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3622
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003623 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3624 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02003625 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003626 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3627 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3628 descriptors using sd_notify().
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003629
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003630 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3631
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek00535982016-05-28 11:50:37 -04003632 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003633 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003634
3635 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3636 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3637
3638 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
Tom Gundersenedf41262015-10-06 11:54:14 +02003639 .network files.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003640
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003641 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3642 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3643 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3644 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3645 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3646 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3647 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3648 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3649 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3650 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3651 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3652 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3653 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3654 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3655 gdm-autologin is used.
Lennart Poetteringfe08a302015-09-30 23:35:10 +02003656
3657 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3658 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3659 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3660 next to the image file.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003661
Lennart Poettering91d0d692015-10-01 16:24:04 +02003662 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3663 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3664 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3665 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3666
3667 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3668 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3669 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3670 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3671 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3672 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3673
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003674 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3675 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3676 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3677 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
Torstein Husebø6dd6a9c2016-05-12 11:23:35 +02003678 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
Lennart Poetteringd046fb92015-10-06 12:33:25 +02003679 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3680 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3681 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3682 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3683 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3684 number of files in place.
Tom Gundersenc48eb612015-10-06 12:11:44 +02003685
Daniel Mackbdba9222015-10-07 15:55:10 +02003686 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3687 on kernels where that is supported.
Lennart Poetteringc30f0862015-10-07 15:45:04 +02003688
Daniel Machonefce0ff2015-10-05 11:15:16 +02003689 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003690
Lennart Poettering61e67712015-10-07 15:48:58 +02003691 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3692 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3693 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3694 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3695 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3696 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3697 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3698 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3699 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3700 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3701 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3702 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3703 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3704 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3705 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3706 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3707 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3708 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003709
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003710 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
Daniel Mackc97e5862015-09-22 13:30:12 +02003711
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003712CHANGES WITH 226:
3713
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003714 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3715 new features:
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003716
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003717 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3718 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3719 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3720 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3721 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3722 is any) is propagated.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003723
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003724 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3725 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3726 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3727 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3728 information is enabled between host and containers by
3729 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3730 to what the host has set.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003731
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003732 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3733 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003734
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003735 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3736 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3737 information back, even if the server loses state.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003738
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003739 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3740 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3741 PoolSize=.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003742
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003743 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3744 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3745 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3746 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003747
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003748 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3749 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3750 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3751 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3752 'dbus-daemon' systems.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003753
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003754 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3755 for virtio devices.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003756
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003757 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3758 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3759 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3760 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3761 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3762 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3763 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3764 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
Evgeny Vereshchagin856ca722016-06-03 12:17:00 +03003765 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003766 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3767 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3768 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3769 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3770 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3771 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3772 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3773 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3774 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3775 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3776 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3777 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3778 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3779 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3780 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3781 grants them.
3782
3783 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3784 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3785 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3786 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3787 group tree.
3788
3789 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3790 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3791 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3792 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3793 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3794 work correctly in containers now.
3795
3796 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3797 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3798
Daniel Mackc626bf12015-09-07 13:06:53 +02003799 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3800 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003801 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3802 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3803 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3804
3805 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3806 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3807 signal events.
3808
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003809 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3810 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3811 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3812 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003813
Lennart Poettering47f5a382015-09-07 12:43:25 +02003814 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3815 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3816 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3817 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3818 nspawn command line.
3819
Lennart Poettering2f77dec2015-09-08 01:36:59 +02003820 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3821 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3822 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3823 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3824 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3825 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3826 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
David Herrmann23d08d12015-09-08 13:31:57 +02003827 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003828
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003829 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
David Herrmannc9912c52015-09-05 11:09:44 +02003830
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003831CHANGES WITH 225:
3832
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003833 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3834 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3835 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3836 shell directly without prompting for username or
3837 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3838 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3839 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3840 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3841 the originating session.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003842
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003843 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3844 options and allows other programs to query the values.
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003845
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003846 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02003847 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3848 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3849 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3850 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3851 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3852 probably not stabilize on this release.
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003853
3854 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3855 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3856 messages.
3857
3858 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3859 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3860 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3861
3862 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3863 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3864
3865 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3866 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3867 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3868 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3869 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3870 posteriori.
3871
3872 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3873 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3874
3875 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3876 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3877 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3878 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3879 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3880 "lastlog" tools.
3881
3882 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3883 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3884 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3885 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3886 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3887
3888 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3889 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3890 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3891 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3892 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3893 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3894 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3895 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3896 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3897 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3898 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3899 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003900
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003901 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
Daniel Mackec5249a2015-08-25 15:01:51 +02003902
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003903CHANGES WITH 224:
3904
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003905 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3906 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3907
Lennart Poettering5e8d4252015-09-07 00:08:12 +02003908 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3909 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3910 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
David Herrmann10fa4212015-07-31 18:21:19 +02003911
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003912 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3913 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3914 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3915
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003916 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
David Herrmann11811e82015-07-31 18:10:52 +02003917
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003918CHANGES WITH 223:
3919
3920 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3921 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3922 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3923 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3924
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003925 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003926 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3927
3928 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3929 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3930
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003931 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003932
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003933 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
Daniel Mack37d54b92015-07-27 21:34:28 +02003934 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003935 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003936
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003937 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3938 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3939 decapsulated packet.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003940
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003941 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3942 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3943 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3944 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3945 netlink attribute.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003946
Daniel Mack931618d2015-07-27 19:09:22 +02003947 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3948 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3949 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3950 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3951
3952 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3953 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3954 according to RFC2460.
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003955
David Herrmannf5f113f2015-07-29 12:12:10 +02003956 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3957 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3958
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003959 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
Kay Sievers01608bc2015-07-27 18:20:54 +02003960 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003961 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3962
3963 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3964 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3965 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3966 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3967 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3968 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3969
3970 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
David Herrmanne4e66992015-07-29 14:59:35 +02003971 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3972 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3973 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3974 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3975 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3976 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3977 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3978 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3979 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003980
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04003981 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
David Herrmanne57eaef2015-07-27 18:13:37 +02003982
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003983CHANGES WITH 222:
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003984
Kay Sievers861b02e2015-07-05 16:02:13 +02003985 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3986 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3987 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3988
3989 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3990 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02003991
3992 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3993 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3994 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3995 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3996 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3997
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02003998 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3999 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4000 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4001
Daniel Mack9b361112015-07-06 21:19:57 -04004002 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4003 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4004 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4005 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4006 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4007
4008 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4009
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02004010 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4011 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4012 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4013 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
David Herrmann5541c882015-07-06 19:07:10 +02004014 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4015 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02004016 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4017 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
David Herrmann2d1ca112015-07-07 17:13:39 +02004018 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4019 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02004020
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004021 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
David Herrmann0db83ad2015-07-05 11:04:59 +02004022
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02004023CHANGES WITH 221:
4024
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004025 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02004026 stable and have been added to the official interface of
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004027 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4028 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4029 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4030 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4031 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02004032 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004033 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4034 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
Kay Sievers5f92d242015-06-18 00:25:17 +02004035 portable to other kernels.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02004036
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004037 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4038 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4039 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
Ronny Chevalierc6551462015-06-18 16:23:28 +02004040 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004041 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4042 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4043 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4044 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02004045 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004046 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4047 systemd enabled.
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02004048
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004049 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4050 2.26.
4051
4052 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02004053 favor of calling an abstraction tool
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004054 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4055 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4056 in README for details.
4057
4058 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4059 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4060 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4061 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4062 unit.
4063
4064 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4065 into man pages.
4066
4067 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4068 external project.
4069
4070 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen0aee49d2015-06-18 17:10:59 +02004071 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004072
4073 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4074 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4075 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4076 state.
4077
4078 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4079 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4080 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4081
4082 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4083 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4084 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4085 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4086 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4087 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4088 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4089 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4090 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4091 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4092 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
Lennart Poetteringb912e252015-06-19 01:12:28 +02004093 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4094 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4095 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4096 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4097 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering470e72d2015-06-18 00:18:49 +02004098
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004099 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
Martin Pitt0f0467e2015-05-27 17:04:49 +02004100
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004101CHANGES WITH 220:
4102
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02004103 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4104 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4105 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4106 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4107 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4108 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4109 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01004110 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
David Herrmannf7a73a22015-05-21 20:39:47 +02004111
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004112 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4113 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4114 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4115 service consumed). This value is only available if
4116 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4117 in the "systemctl status" output.
4118
4119 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4120 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04004121 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004122 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4123 previously was already the default behaviour).
4124
4125 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4126 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4127 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4128
4129 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4130 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek29d1fcb2015-05-21 14:30:53 -04004131 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004132 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4133
4134 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4135 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4136 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4137 journalling file systems that support external journal
4138 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4139 systems to be mounted.
4140
4141 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4142 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4143 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4144 stable release this should not be problematic.
4145
4146 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4147 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4148 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4149 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4150 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4151
4152 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4153 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4154 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4155 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4156 network switches.
4157
4158 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4159 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4160
4161 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4162 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4163 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4164
4165 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4166
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02004167 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4168 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4169 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4170 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4171 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4172 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4173 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4174 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4175 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4176 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4177 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4178 been fixed in v220.
4179
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004180 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4181 systemd-networkd.
4182
4183 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4184 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02004185 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004186 containers started from the command line.
4187
4188 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4189 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4190
4191 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4192 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4193 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4194 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4195
4196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4197 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4198 when shutting down.
4199
4200 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4201 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4202 overlayfs support.
4203
4204 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4205 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4206 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4207 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4208 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4209 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4210 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4211
4212 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4213 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4214 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4215
4216 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4217 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4218 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4219 of v1 as before).
4220
4221 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4222 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4223
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02004224 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4225 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4226 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4227 without further privileges or authorization.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004228
4229 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4230 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4231 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4232 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4233 accessible via a bus interface.
4234
4235 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4236 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4237 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4238 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4239 to cover this functionality.
4240
4241 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
Lennart Poettering1579dd22015-05-21 20:24:34 +02004242 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004243 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4244 disabled/masked also stopped.
4245
4246 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02004247 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4248 updated to support systemd-boot.
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004249
4250 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4251 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4252 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4253 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4254 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
David Herrmann1a2d5fb2015-05-21 20:25:38 +02004255 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004256 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4257 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4258 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4259
4260 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4261 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4262 system.
4263
4264 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4265 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4266 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4267 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4268 device symlinks.
4269
4270 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4271 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4272 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4273 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4274
4275 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4276 stick devices has been added.
4277
4278 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4279 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4280
4281 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4282 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4283 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4284 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4285 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4286
4287 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4288 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4289 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4290
4291 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4292 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4293 Debian.
4294
4295 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4296 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4297 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4298
4299 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4300 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4301 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4302 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4303 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4304 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4305 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4306 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4307 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4308 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4309 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4310 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4311 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4312 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4313 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4314 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4315 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4316 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4317 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4318 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4319 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4320 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4321 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4322 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4323 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4324 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4325 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4326
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004327 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
Lennart Poettering481a0aa2015-05-21 19:47:42 +02004328
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004329CHANGES WITH 219:
4330
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004331 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4332 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4333 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4334 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4335 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4336 interface with and update the database.
4337
4338 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4339 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4340 before bytewise copying is done.
4341
4342 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4343 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4344 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4345 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4346 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4347 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4348 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4349 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4350 available on btrfs file systems.
4351
4352 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4353 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01004354 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004355 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4356 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4357 systems.
4358
4359 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4360 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4361 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4362 mount point remains.
4363
4364 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4365 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4366 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4367 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4368 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4369 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4370 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4371 are disabled.
4372
4373 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4374 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4375 container to the host or vice versa.
4376
4377 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4378 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4379 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4380
4381 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4382 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4383
4384 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4385 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4386 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4387 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4388 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4389 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4390 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4391 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4392 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02004393 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004394 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4395 make the functionality of importd available to the
4396 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4397 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4398 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4399 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4400 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4401 only fully supported on btrfs.
4402
4403 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4404 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4405 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4406 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4407 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4408 information about images.
4409
4410 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4411 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
Elias Probstf59dba22016-03-16 09:23:31 +01004412 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004413 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4414 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4415 legacy file systems).
4416
4417 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4418 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4419 shown in networkctl output.
4420
4421 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4422 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4423 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4424 processes as system services while interactively
4425 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4426 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4427 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4428 full login session, the difference being that the former
4429 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4430 setup.
4431
4432 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4433 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4434 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4435 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4436 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4437
4438 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4439 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4440 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4441 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4442 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4443 via qemu/kvm.
4444
4445 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4446 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4447 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4448 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4449 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4450 disk images, too.
4451
4452 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4453 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4454 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4455 integrate with that.
4456
4457 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4458 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4459 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4460 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4461
4462 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4463 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4464 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4465
4466 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4467 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4468 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4469 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4470 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4471 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4472 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4473 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4474 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4475 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4476
4477 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4478 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4479 files.
4480
4481 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
Lennart Poettering4c379702016-10-24 20:06:03 +02004482 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004483 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
Torstein Husebø94e5ba32015-07-24 11:14:01 +02004484 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004485 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4486 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4487 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4488 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4489 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4490 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4491 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4492 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4493 explicitly turned on.
4494
4495 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4496 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4497 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4498 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4499
4500 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4501 supported.
4502
4503 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4504 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4505 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4506 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4507 associated with a virtual machine or container
4508 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4509 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4510 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4511 output however.)
4512
4513 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4514 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4515 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4516 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4517 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4518 caller's session/user.
4519
4520 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4521 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4522 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4523 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4524 user services.
4525
4526 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4527 same way as unit files.
4528
4529 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4530 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4531 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4532 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4533 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4534 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4535 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4536 the host.
4537
4538 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4539 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4540 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4541 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4542 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4543 host.
4544
Lennart Poetteringdd2fd152015-02-16 19:36:51 +01004545 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004546 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4547 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4548 updated to make use of it too by default.
4549
4550 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4551 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4552 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4553 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4554
4555 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4556 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4557 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4558 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4559 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4560 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4561 modification.
4562
4563 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4564 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4565 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen7edecf22015-02-16 21:21:16 +01004566 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
Lennart Poettering615aaf42015-02-12 18:44:46 +01004567 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4568 information about Touchpad types.
4569
4570 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4571 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4572
4573 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4574 Policy link field.
4575
4576 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4577 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4578
4579 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4580 ACLs on files.
4581
4582 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4583 tmpfs, automatically.
4584
4585 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4586 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4587 status" output, if available.
4588
4589 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4590 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4591 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4592 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4593 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4594 run on next reboot.
4595
4596 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4597 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4598 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4599 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4600 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4601 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4602 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4603
4604 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4605 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4606 after a configurable timeout.
4607
4608 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4609 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4610 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4611 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4612 it non-idle.
4613
4614 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4615 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4616
4617 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4618 each .network interface in networkd.
4619
4620 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4621 in .network files.
4622
4623 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4624 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4625
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004626 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004627 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4628 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4629 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4630 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4631 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4632 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4633 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4634 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4635 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4636 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4637 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4638 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4639 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4640 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004641 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4642 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4643 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4644 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4645 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4646 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4647 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
Lennart Poetteringd2c643c2015-02-16 17:17:07 +01004648 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4649 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004650
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004651 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
Lennart Poettering11ea2782015-02-12 20:45:19 +01004652
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004653CHANGES WITH 218:
4654
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004655 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4656 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4657 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
Evgeny Vereshchaginc7683ff2015-08-16 18:10:23 +00004658 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004659
4660 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004661 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004662 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4663 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4664 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4665
4666 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4667
4668 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004669 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004670 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4671 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4672 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4673 modified configuration after editing.
4674
4675 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4676 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4677 system preset files.
4678
4679 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4680 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4681 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4682 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4683 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4684 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4685 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4686 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4687 other contexts.
4688
4689 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4690 inhibitors.
4691
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004692 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004693 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
Lennart Poettering122676c2014-12-10 23:17:54 +01004694 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4695 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4696 managers.
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004697
4698 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4699 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4700 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4701 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4702 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004703 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004704 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4705 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4706 parallel to journald.
4707
4708 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4709 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4710 available.
4711
4712 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4713 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004714 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004715 or are not older than the specified time.
4716
4717 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4718 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4719 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4720 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4721
4722 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4723 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4724 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4725 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4726 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4727 communication.
4728
4729 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4730 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4731 services.
4732
4733 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4734 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4735 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4736 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4737 the new "busctl tree" command.
4738
4739 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4740 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4741 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4742 friendly way.
4743
4744 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4745 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4746 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4747 race-ful way.
4748
4749 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4750 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004751 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004752 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4753 --link-journal=try-guest.
4754
4755 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4756 stable MAC addresses.
4757
4758 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4759 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4760 the respective unit shall use.
4761
David Herrmannd4f5a1f2014-11-24 15:12:42 +01004762 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4763 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4764 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4765 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4766
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004767 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004768 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02004769 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004770 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4771 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4772 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4773
Ronny Chevalier17c29492014-12-10 00:50:24 +01004774 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004775 details see:
4776
4777 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4778
4779 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4780 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
Josh Triplett997b2b42014-11-29 14:01:47 -08004781 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4782 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4783 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4784 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4785 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4786 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4787 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4788 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4789 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4790 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4791
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004792 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4793 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4794 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4795 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4796 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4797
4798 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4799 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4800 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4801 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4802 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4803 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4804 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4805 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4806
4807 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02004808 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004809 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4810 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4811 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4812 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4813 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4814 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4815 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4816 interface.
4817
4818 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4819 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4820 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4821 luks.name= argument.
4822
4823 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4824 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4825 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4826 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4827 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4828 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4829
4830 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4831 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4832 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4833
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004834 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4835 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4836 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4837 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4838 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4839 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4840 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4841 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4842 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4843 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4844 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
Lennart Poettering7da81d32014-12-10 22:33:21 +01004845 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4846 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4847 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4848 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4849 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4850 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4851 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01004852
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04004853 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
Lennart Poetteringf9e00a92014-12-10 00:27:26 +01004854
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004855CHANGES WITH 217:
4856
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004857 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4858 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4859 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4860 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004861
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka65b8242014-11-01 13:52:14 -04004862 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4863 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4864 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4865 now waits until the operation is complete.
Umut Tezduyar Lindskog2a97b032014-10-29 11:20:02 +01004866
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004867 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4868 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004869 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4870 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004871 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004872 connection.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004873
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004874 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4875 commands anymore.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004876
4877 * User units are now loaded also from
4878 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4879 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4880 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4881
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek3f9a0a52018-12-14 08:26:46 +01004882 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
Lennart Poettering4ffd29f2014-10-28 02:17:12 +01004883 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4884 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4885 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4886 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4887 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4888 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4889 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4890 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4891 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4892 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4893 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4894 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4895 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4896 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4897 question.
4898
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004899 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4900 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4901 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4902
4903 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4904 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4905 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01004906 command line to trigger resume.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004907
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004908 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4909 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4910 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
Lennart Poettering09077142014-10-28 12:31:11 +01004911 Desktop=systemd-console.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004912
4913 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4914 systemd-networkd.
4915
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004916 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004917 from the information provided by the networking stack
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004918 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4919
4920 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4921 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4922
4923 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4924 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4925 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4926
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004927 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004928
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004929 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004930 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004931 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004932 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4933 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4934 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004935
Lennart Poetteringc4ac9902014-10-28 20:36:32 +01004936 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004937 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4938 respected.
4939
4940 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4941 virtualization.
4942
4943 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004944 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004945 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4946 on.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekb62a3092014-10-07 22:01:37 -04004947
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004948 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4949
4950 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4951
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01004952 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4953 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
Michal Schmidte6c253e2014-10-16 13:49:04 +02004954 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4955 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4956 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4957 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4958 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4959
Lennart Poettering4bdc60c2014-10-24 19:06:23 +02004960 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4961 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4962 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4963 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4964 from the service's view entirely.
4965
4966 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4967 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4968
4969 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4970 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4971 session.
4972
4973 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4974 legacy-free systems.
4975
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004976 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4977 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4978 easily.
4979
4980 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4981 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4982 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4983 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4984 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4985 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4986 option.
4987
4988 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01004989 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004990 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4991 /usr.
4992
Ronny Chevalierf6d1de82014-10-28 16:04:21 +01004993 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
Lennart Poettering78b6b7c2014-10-27 13:31:56 +01004994 services, not only the main process.
4995
4996 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4997 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4998 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4999 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5000 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5001
Timofey Titovets37694152014-10-26 00:17:24 +03005002 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5003 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5004 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5005 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5006 directly from now on, again.
5007
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01005008 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02005009 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5010 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5011 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5012 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5013 enabling and disabling.
Lennart Poetteringfae93322014-10-28 15:17:53 +01005014
Lennart Poetteringcfa15712014-10-28 15:35:35 +01005015 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5016 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5017 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5018 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5019 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5020 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5021 unnecessary or unlikely.
5022
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01005023 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5024 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
Kay Sieversba8df742014-10-28 15:53:44 +01005025 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
Lennart Poettering7e63dd12014-10-28 15:44:00 +01005026 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5027
Tom Gundersend4474c42014-10-28 15:42:57 +01005028 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5029 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5030 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5031 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5032 overwritten at runtime.
5033
Lennart Poettering3b187c52014-10-28 18:10:48 +01005034 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5035 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5036 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5037 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5038 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5039 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5040 segmentation fault.
5041
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01005042 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5043 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5044 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5045 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5046 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5047 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5048 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5049 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5050 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5051 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5052 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5053 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5054 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5055 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5056 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5057 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5058 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5059 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5060 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5061 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5062 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering13e92f32014-12-10 00:30:19 +01005063 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01005064
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005065 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
Lennart Poettering4b08dd82014-10-28 15:20:16 +01005066
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02005067CHANGES WITH 216:
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005068
5069 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02005070 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005071 implementations should add a
5072
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02005073 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005074
5075 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5076 default functionality.
5077
5078 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5079 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5080 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5081 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5082 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5083 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5084 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5085 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5086 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5087 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5088 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5089 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5090 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5091
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02005092 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5093 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5094 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5095 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5096 added eventually, too.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005097
5098 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5099 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5100 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5101 new command to update these fields.
5102
5103 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5104 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5105 have been discovered via DHCP.
5106
5107 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5108 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02005109 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5110 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005111 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5112 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5113 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5114 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02005115 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005116 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5117 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5118 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02005119 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005120 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5121 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5122 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5123 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5124 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5125 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5126 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5127
5128 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5129 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5130 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5131
5132 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5133 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5134 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02005135 and present it to the user in a very friendly
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005136 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5137 control utility for networkd.
5138
5139 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5140 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005141 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005142 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5143 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5144 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5145 (NoDelay=).
5146
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02005147 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005148 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5149
5150 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
Philip Withnall46ae28d2017-04-20 11:34:26 +01005151 be started only after time-sync.target has been
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005152 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5153 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5154 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5155 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5156
5157 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5158 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5159 of the link.
5160
5161 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5162 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5163
5164 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5165 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5166
5167 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02005168 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5169 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5170 for DHCP.
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005171
5172 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5173 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5174 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5175 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5176 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5177 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5178 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5179 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5180
5181 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5182 validation of unit files.
5183
5184 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5185 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5186 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5187 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5188 address may now be configured.
5189
Tom Gundersen26568402014-08-19 23:44:17 +02005190 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5191 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5192 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5193 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5194
5195 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5196 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5197
5198 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5199 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5200 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5201 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5202
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005203 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5204 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5205 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5206 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5207 implementation.
5208
5209 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5210 journal data to a remote system running
5211 systemd-journal-remote.
5212
5213 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5214 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5215 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5216 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5217 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen5f02e262014-08-19 23:10:53 +02005218 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005219 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5220 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5221 version, you have to turn this option on again
5222 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5223
5224 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5225 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5226 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5227
5228 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5229 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5230
5231 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5232 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5233
5234 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5235 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5236 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5237
5238 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5239 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
Daniel Macka1a4a252014-08-19 22:23:43 +02005240 hostname, root password) interactively on first
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005241 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5242 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5243
Lennart Poettering01da80b2014-08-19 23:37:16 +02005244 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5245
5246 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5247
5248 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5249 when primary addresses are removed.
5250
Lennart Poetteringb2ca0d62014-08-19 21:53:43 +02005251 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5252 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5253 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5254 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5255 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5256 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5257 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5258 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5259 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5260 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5261 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5262 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5263 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5264 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5265 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5266
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005267 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
Kay Sieversb72ddf02014-07-09 14:29:20 +02005268
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02005269CHANGES WITH 215:
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005270
5271 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5272 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5273 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5274 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5275 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5276 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5277 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5278 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5279 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5280 require.
5281
5282 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5283 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5284
5285 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5286 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5287 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5288 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5289 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5290 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5291 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5292
5293 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5294 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5295 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5296 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5297 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5298 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5299 update or reset should use this condition and order
5300 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5301 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5302 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5303 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5304 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5305 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5306 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02005307 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005308 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5309
5310 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5311
5312 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5313 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5314 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
Kay Sievers3dff3e02014-06-12 14:59:53 +02005315 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5316
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005317 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5318 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5319 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5320 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5321 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5322 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5323 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005324 .network files using settings of this section should be
5325 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5326 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005327
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005328 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5329 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005330
5331 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5332 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5333 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5334 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5335 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5336 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5337 of nspawn instances.
5338
5339 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5340 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5341 added.
5342
5343 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5344 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5345 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5346 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5347 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5348 configuration stored in /etc.
5349
5350 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5351 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5352 parsing of unknown mount options.
5353
5354 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5355 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5356 it already exist and not already be the correct
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005357 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005358 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5359 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5360 pre-existing files of different types.
5361
5362 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5363 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02005364 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005365 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5366 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5367 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5368 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5369
5370 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5371 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5372 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5373 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5374 shall be executed.
5375
5376 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5377 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02005378 example whether it is fully up and running.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005379
5380 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5381 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5382 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5383 reset.
5384
5385 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5386 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5387
5388 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5389 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5390 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5391
5392 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5393 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5394 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5395
5396 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5397 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5398 access to this group.
5399
5400 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5401 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5402 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5403 to the journal.
5404
5405 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5406 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5407 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5408 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5409 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5410 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5411
5412 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5413 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5414 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5415 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5416 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5417 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5418 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5419 the old name to the new name.
5420
5421 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersence1dde22014-07-01 21:11:35 +02005422 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005423 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5424
5425 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5426 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5427 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5428 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5429 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5430 "systemd-debug-generator".
5431
5432 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5433 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5434 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5435 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5436 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5437 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5438 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02005439 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5440 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005441 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5442 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5443
5444 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5445 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5446 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005447 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5448 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5449 machine and user.
Lennart Poettering24a2bf42014-07-01 02:38:41 +02005450
5451 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5452 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5453 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5454 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5455 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5456
5457 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5458 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5459 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5460 couple of drop-in directories.
5461
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo3058e012014-07-01 10:11:50 -03005462 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5463 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5464 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5465 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5466 for dev_port.
5467
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005468 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5469 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5470 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5471 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5472
5473 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5474 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5475 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5476 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5477 Restart= setting.
5478
5479 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5480 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5481 directly connect to a specific container on the
5482 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5483 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5484 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5485 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5486 containers is a privileged operation.
5487
5488 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5489 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5490 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5491 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5492 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5493 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5494 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5495 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5496 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5497 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5498 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5499 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5500
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005501 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
Lennart Poetteringc7435cc2014-07-03 20:46:35 +02005502
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005503CHANGES WITH 214:
5504
5505 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5506 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5507 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5508 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5509 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5510 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5511 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5512 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5513 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005514 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005515 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005516 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005517 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
Kay Sievers4196a3e2014-06-11 12:00:47 +02005518 devices are excluded from this logic.
5519
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005520 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5521 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5522 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5523 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5524 change has been released.
5525
5526 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005527 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005528 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5529
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02005530 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005531 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5532 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005533 with fewer privileges.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005534
5535 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5536 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5537 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5538 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5539
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005540 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005541 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5542
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005543 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005544 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5545
5546 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02005547 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005548 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5549
5550 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5551 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005552 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005553 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5554 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
Mantas Mikulėnasc54bed52014-06-11 17:09:11 +03005555 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005556
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005557 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005558 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5559 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
Lennart Poetteringcd14eda2014-06-11 15:32:20 +02005560
Ansgar Burchardtef392da2014-07-28 18:57:30 +02005561 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005562 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005563 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5564 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5565 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5566 modifications of user data or system files from
5567 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5568 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5569
5570 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5571 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5572 and FIFOs in the file system.
5573
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005574 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005575 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5576 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5577
5578 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5579 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
Jan Engelhardt45df8652014-06-28 00:49:12 +02005580 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005581 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005582 the socket itself.
5583
5584 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5585 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5586 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5587 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5588 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5589 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5590 symlinks, and nothing else.
5591
5592 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5593 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5594 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5595 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5596 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5597 process (for example, the parent process). The
5598 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5599 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5600 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5601 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5602 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5603 messages to services when the originating process already
5604 vanished.
5605
5606 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005607 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005608 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5609 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5610 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5611 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5612 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5613 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5614 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5615 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5616 all long-running services.
5617
5618 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5619 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5620 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5621 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5622 service.
5623
5624 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5625 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5626 applied to all submounts, too.
5627
5628 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5629
5630 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5631 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5632 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5633 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5634 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5635 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5636 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5637
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01005638 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005639 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5640 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
Kay Sievers71449ca2014-06-11 14:04:28 +02005641 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005642 (domU) domains.
5643
5644 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5645 files or entire directories.
5646
5647 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005648 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5649 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5650 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005651 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5652
5653 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5654 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5655 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5656 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005657 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5658 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005659 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005660 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005661 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5662 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5663 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5664 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5665
5666 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5667 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5668 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5669 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5670
5671 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5672 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
Ansgar Burchardtdaa05342014-08-26 00:19:54 +02005673 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005674 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
Lennart Poettering04e91da2014-06-11 13:31:51 +02005675 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5676 non-directories.
5677
5678 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5679 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5680 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5681
Lennart Poettering4c0d13b2014-06-11 18:42:38 +02005682 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5683 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5684 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5685 this group.
5686
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005687 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5688 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5689 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5690 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5691 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5692 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5693 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5694
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005695 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
Lennart Poetteringdc1d6c02014-06-11 15:04:59 +02005696
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005697CHANGES WITH 213:
5698
5699 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005700 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005701 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005702 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005703 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005704 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5705 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005706 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005707 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005708 client should be more than appropriate for most
5709 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5710 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5711 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5712 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5713 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005714 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005715 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005716 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005717 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005718 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
Lennart Poetteringc9679c62014-05-28 09:43:43 +08005719 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005720
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005721 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5722 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005723 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5724 part of a different namespace.
5725
5726 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5727 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005728 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5729 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005730
5731 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5732 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005733 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005734
5735 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5736 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005737 when a service fails. This works similarly to
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005738 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005739 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5740 restart the service in question.
5741
5742 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005743 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5744 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5745 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5746 details when running non-locally.
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005747
5748 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5749 graphs it generates.
5750
5751 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5752 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5753 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5754 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5755 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5756
5757 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5758
5759 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5760 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5761 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5762 what it was on SysV systems.
5763
5764 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5765 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5766
5767 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5768 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5769 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5770 files.
5771
5772 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5773 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5774 to show these addresses in its output.
5775
5776 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5777 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5778 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5779 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5780 preferred over a text one.
5781
5782 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5783 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5784 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5785 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5786 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5787 mDNS cache.
5788
Tom Gundersen68dd0952014-05-24 12:28:47 +02005789 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5790 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5791 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5792 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5793 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5794
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005795 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005796 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005797 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
Kay Sievers69beda12014-05-24 14:50:17 +08005798 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005799 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5800
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005801 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5802 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5803 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
Jan Engelhardt8d0e0dd2014-06-28 00:48:28 +02005804 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005805 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5806 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5807 overrides any other settings.
5808
5809 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005810 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5811 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5812 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5813 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5814 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5815 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5816 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5817 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
Lennart Poettering8e7acf62014-05-28 09:39:55 +08005818 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5819 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5820 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5821 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5822 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5823 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5824 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005825 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5826
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005827 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
Lennart Poettering6936cd82014-05-24 14:25:28 +08005828
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005829CHANGES WITH 212:
5830
5831 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5832 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5833 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5834 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5835 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5836 by accident.
5837
5838 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5839 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5840 registered with machined.
5841
5842 * sd-login gained new calls
5843 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5844 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04005845 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005846 counterparts.
5847
5848 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5849 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5850 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5851 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5852 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5853 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5854 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5855 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5856 once.
5857
5858 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5859 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5860 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5861
5862 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5863 units on all local containers, when used with the
5864 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5865 executed when no parameters are specified).
5866
5867 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5868 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5869 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5870 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5871
5872 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02005873 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005874 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5875 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5876 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5877 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5878
5879 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5880 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5881 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5882 of the container.
5883
5884 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5885 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5886 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5887 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5888 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005889 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5890 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5891 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005892
5893 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5894 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5895 instead of /.
5896
5897 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5898 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5899 emergency messages now.
5900
5901 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5902 journal log messages across the network.
5903
5904 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5905 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5906 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5907 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5908 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5909 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5910 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5911
5912 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5913 down a local OS container.
5914
5915 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5916 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5917 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5918
5919 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5920 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5921 this is appropriate.
5922
5923 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005924 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005925 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5926
5927 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5928 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5929 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5930 for debugging purposes.
5931
5932 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5933 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5934 in seconds.
5935
5936 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5937 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5938 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5939 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5940 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5941 like on traditional inetd.
5942
5943 * A new system.conf configuration option
5944 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5945 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5946
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005947 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005948 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5949 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5950 do these days).
5951
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02005952 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005953 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5954 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5955 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02005956 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5957 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005958
5959 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5960 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5961 it will be triggered.
5962
5963 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5964 addresses to its local interfaces.
5965
5966 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5967 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5968 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5969 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5970 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5971 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5972 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5973 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5974 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5975
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04005976 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
Lennart Poettering51c61cd2014-03-25 05:02:35 +01005977
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005978CHANGES WITH 211:
5979
5980 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5981 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5982 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5983 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5984 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5985 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5986
5987 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5988 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5989 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5990 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5991 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5992 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5993 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5994 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
Nis Martensenf1721622014-05-18 15:43:18 +02005995 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01005996
5997 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5998 matching against device group names.
5999
6000 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6001 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6002 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6003 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
David Herrmann22e70622014-03-11 20:46:57 +01006004 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006005 though.
6006
6007 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6008 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6009 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006010 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006011 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01006012 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006013 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6014 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006015 systems prepared appropriately.
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006016
6017 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6018 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6019 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6020 (see above). This means that installations made with
6021 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6022 deployed using container managers, completely
6023 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6024 this feature soon, too.)
6025
6026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6027 set up a private macvlan interface for the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04006028 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006029 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6030
6031 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6032 using IPv4LL.
6033
6034 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6035 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6036 systemd-networkd.
6037
6038 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6039 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6040 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6041 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6042 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6043
6044 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6045 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6046 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01006047 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006048 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6049 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6050 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6051 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6052 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6053 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6054 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01006055 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006056 users.
6057
6058 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6059 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6060 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6061 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6062 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6063 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6064 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6065 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6066 due to a closed lid.
6067
6068 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6069 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6070 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6071 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
Kay Sievers4ef6e532014-03-11 20:41:12 +01006072 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006073 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6074
6075 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6076 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6077 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6078 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6079 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6080
6081 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6082 now also work in --scope mode.
6083
6084 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6085 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6086 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6087 promises are made.)
6088
6089 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6090 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6091 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6092 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6093 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6094 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6095 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6096 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6097 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6098 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6099
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006100 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
Lennart Poettering699b6b32014-03-11 20:18:06 +01006101
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006102CHANGES WITH 210:
6103
6104 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6105 according to SMACK rules.
6106
Lennart Poettering67dd87c2014-02-25 02:36:12 +01006107 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006108 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6109
6110 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6111 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6112 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6113
6114 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6115 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6116 and machine ID.
6117
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01006118 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006119 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006120 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006121 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6122 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01006123 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006124 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01006125 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006126 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6127 backpack or similar.
6128
6129 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6130 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01006131 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
Ansgar Burchardt949138c2014-02-25 10:53:49 +01006132 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006133 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6134 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6135 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6136 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6137 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6138 this on its own.
6139
6140 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6141 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6142 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6143 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6144
6145 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6146 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6147 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6148 --network-bridge= switches.
6149
6150 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6151 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6152 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6153 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6154 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6155 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6156 each configuration option.
6157
6158 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01006159 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006160 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006161 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006162 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6163
6164 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6165 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6166 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6167 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6168 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6169
6170 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6171 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6172 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6173 default however.
6174
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006175 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006176 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6177 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006178 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006179 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6180 them with systemd-networkd.
6181
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01006182 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6183 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6184 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006185 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01006186 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6187 is drastically increased, but given that these are
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006188 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01006189 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6190 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006191 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
Kay Sieversed289052014-02-24 20:20:25 +01006192 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
Lennart Poetteringd27893e2014-02-24 19:13:39 +01006193 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6194 during a transitional period!
6195
Lennart Poettering13b28d82014-03-12 16:39:21 +01006196 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006197 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6198 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6199 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6200 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6201 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6202 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6203 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6204
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006205 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
Lennart Poettering43c71252014-02-24 18:34:12 +01006206
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006207CHANGES WITH 209:
6208
6209 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6210 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006211 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6212 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006213 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006214 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6215 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006216 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006217 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006218 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006219 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6220 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006221
6222 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006223 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006224 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6225 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006226 machines and the like.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006227
6228 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6229 shutdown/boot.
6230
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006231 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6232 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006233
6234 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6235 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006236 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006237 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6238
6239 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6240 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006241 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006242 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006243 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006244 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6245
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05006246 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6247 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6248 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
Jan Engelhardta8eaaee2014-08-03 07:11:37 +02006249 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05006250 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6251 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6252 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6253 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006254 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekdfb08b02014-02-23 18:11:48 -05006255
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006256 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006257 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006258
6259 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6260 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6261 implementation.
6262
6263 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006264 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006265 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6266 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6267 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6268 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6269 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6270 and .service units.
6271
6272 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6273 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6274 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6275
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006276 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006277 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006278 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006279 nothing makes use of it.
6280
6281 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6282 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6283 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6284
6285 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6286 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6287 compatibility purposes.
6288
6289 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6290 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6291 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006292 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006293 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6294 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6295 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6296 process handling.
6297
6298 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6299 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6300 style to "sd-bus.h".
6301
Patrik Flykt7e95eda2014-02-18 16:30:09 +02006302 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6303 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006304 "systemd-networkd".
6305
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006306 * There is a new kernel command line option
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006307 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6308 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6309 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6310 are not restored.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006311
6312 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6313 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6314 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6315 PID1's support for that anymore.
6316
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006317 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006318 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6319
6320 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6321 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6322 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6323 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6324 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6325 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6326
6327 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006328 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006329 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6330 onto remote systems.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006331
6332 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6333 login in any local container. This works with any container
6334 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006335 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006336
6337 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6338 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6339 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6340 system of some kind.
6341
6342 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6343 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6344 next.
6345
6346 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6347 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6348 reboot() system call.
6349
6350 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6351 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006352 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006353 still available but not advertised anymore.
6354
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006355 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6356 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006357 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006358 within each Unit.
6359
Lennart Poettering270f1622014-02-18 03:03:04 +01006360 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6361 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006362 the kernel).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006363
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006364 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006365 timestamps (following the setting in
6366 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006367
6368 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6369 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6370
6371 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6372 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6373
6374 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6375 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6376 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6377
6378 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6379 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006380 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6381 the full configuration is shown.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006382
6383 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6384 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006385 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6386
6387 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006388
6389 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6390 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6391
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006392 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006393 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6394 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6395 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6396
6397 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6398 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6399 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6400 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6401
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006402 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6403 of the legend text.
6404
6405 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6406 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6407 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6408 remote sessions.
6409
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006410 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6411 information of SDIO devices.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006412
6413 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6414 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6415 the system manager.
6416
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006417 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006418 short description of the connection parameters in the
6419 description.
6420
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006421 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006422 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
Jan Engelhardt4670e9d2014-02-18 05:10:48 +01006423 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006424 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6425 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6426 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6427 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006428
Daniel Buchc0c5af02014-02-18 08:13:25 +01006429 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006430 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006431 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006432 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6433 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6434 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006435 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006436 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006437 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6438
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01006439 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6440 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6441 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6442 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006443 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6444 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006445 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006446 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
Lennart Poettering6300b3e2014-02-20 03:55:22 +01006447 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6448 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6449 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6450 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6451 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6452 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6453 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6454 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6455 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6456 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6457 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006458 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006459 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006460 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6461 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6462
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006463 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006464 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006465 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6466 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6467 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006468 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006469 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6470 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006471 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006472 that you are aware of the instability of the current
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006473 APIs.
6474
6475 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006476 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006477 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006478 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6479 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6480 declare the APIs stable.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006481
Lennart Poettering81c7dd82014-11-06 20:06:30 +01006482 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006483 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006484 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006485 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006486 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
Kay Sieversad42cf72014-02-18 03:19:57 +01006487 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6488 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6489 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6490 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6491 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6492 one of them is updated.
6493
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006494 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006495 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006496 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6497 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6498 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6499
6500 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6501 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6502 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006503 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006504 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006505 entry points.
6506
6507 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6508 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6509 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6510 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006511 been disabled at compile-time.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006512
6513 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006514 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006515 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6516 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6517
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006518 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6519 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6520 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006521
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek000b1ba2018-01-20 14:04:17 +11006522 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006523 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6524 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006525
6526 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6527 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006528 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006529
6530 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6531 remains until jobs expire.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006532
6533 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006534 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006535 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006536 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006537 all remaining processes of the service.
6538
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006539 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6540 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006541 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6542 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6543 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006544 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006545 manager process which created them takes no further
6546 responsibilities for it.
6547
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006548 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006549 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6550 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6551 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6552 marked executable or world-writable.
6553
6554 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006555 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006556 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6557 "--setenv=" for consistency.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006558
6559 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6560 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006561 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006562 independent of the host.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006563
6564 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6565 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
Kay Sieversb9761002014-02-18 03:06:15 +01006566 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006567 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6568
6569 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6570 with specific SELinux labels set.
6571
6572 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6573 any additional output but the container's own console
6574 output.
6575
6576 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6577 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6578
6579 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006580 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
Lennart Poettering8e420492014-02-18 13:38:31 +01006581 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006582 OS images, but only specific apps.
6583
6584 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006585 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006586 results in registration of the unit service itself in
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1e190502014-02-17 22:01:28 -05006587 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006588
6589 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6590 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006591 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006592 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6593 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6594 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006595
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006596 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6597 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
Jan Engelhardt70a44af2014-05-03 19:15:24 +02006598 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006599 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6600 units to use.
Lennart Poettering6afc95b2014-02-18 23:35:19 +01006601
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006602 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6603 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6604 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6605 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6606
6607 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6608 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6609 context for a service.
6610
6611 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6612 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006613 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6614 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006615 influence this logic.
6616
6617 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6618 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6619 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6620 other things.
6621
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006622 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006623 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
Jan Engelhardtb8bde112014-05-08 01:28:45 +02006624 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6625 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006626 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6627 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6628 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
Jan Engelhardt4c2413b2014-02-18 03:13:08 +01006629 architectures). There is also a global
Jason St. John8b7d0492014-02-18 00:28:42 -05006630 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006631 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6632
Kay Sievers210054d2014-02-21 18:11:47 +01006633 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6634 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6635
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006636 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6637 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6638 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6639 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6640 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6641 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6642 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6643 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6644 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6645 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6646 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6647 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6648 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6649 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6650 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6651 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6652 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6653 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6654 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6655 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6656 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6657 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6658 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6659 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6660
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006661 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
Lennart Poetteringe49b5aa2014-02-18 02:51:39 +01006662
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006663CHANGES WITH 208:
6664
6665 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6666 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6667 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6668 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6669 access input and drm devices which are normally
6670 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6671 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6672 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6673 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6674 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6675 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6676 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6677 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6678
6679 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
Ruben Kerkhof06b643e2014-08-30 17:13:16 +02006680 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006681 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6682
6683 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6684 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6685 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6686 kernel version number.
6687
6688 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6689 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006690 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006691
6692 * This release removes high-level support for the
6693 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6694 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6695 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006696 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006697
6698 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6699 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6700 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006701 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6702 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006703 cgroup system.
6704
6705 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6706 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6707 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6708 logs among other things.
6709
6710 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6711 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6712 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6713 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6714 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6715 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6716 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6717 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6718 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6719 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6720 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6721 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6722 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6723 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6724 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6725 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6726 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6727 not delayed until next reboot.
6728
6729 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6730 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6731 systemd generated files in one directory.
6732
6733 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6734 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6735 performance information if that's available to determine how
6736 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6737 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6738 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6739
6740 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6741 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6742 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6743 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6744 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6745 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6746 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6747
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006748 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
Lennart Poetteringcd4010b2013-10-02 03:02:25 +02006749
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006750CHANGES WITH 207:
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006751
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006752 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006753 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006754 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6755 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6756
6757 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6758 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6759 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6760 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6761 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6762
6763 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6764 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6765
6766 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6767 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6768 maximum number of tries.
6769
6770 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6771 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6772 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6773
6774 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6775 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6776
6777 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6778 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006779 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006780
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006781 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6782 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006783 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6784
6785 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6786 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006787 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006788 and type).
6789
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006790 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006791 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6792
6793 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6794 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
Kay Sieversf3a165b2013-09-13 02:24:57 +02006795 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006796 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6797
6798 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6799 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6800 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6801 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6802 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6803 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6804 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6805 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6806
6807 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6808 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6809 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6810 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6811
Lennart Poettering387abf82013-09-17 13:57:04 -05006812 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6813 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6814 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6815 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6816 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6817 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6818 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006819
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006820 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6821 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6822
6823 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6824 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6825 automatically after the process terminated.
6826
6827 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6828 certain paths from operation.
6829
6830 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekf47ad592014-11-01 14:33:01 -04006831 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6832 is received.
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006833
6834 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6835 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6836 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6837 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6838 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6839 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6840 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6841 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6842 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6843 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6844 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6845 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6846 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6847
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006848 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006849
Kay Sievers04bf3c12013-08-15 18:35:03 +02006850CHANGES WITH 206:
6851
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006852 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6853 concepts introduced with 205.
6854
6855 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6856 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6857 -r".
6858
6859 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6860 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
Maciej Wereski33b521b2013-07-22 11:02:50 +02006861 --state= parameter.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006862
6863 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6864 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6865 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6866 the journal.
6867
6868 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6869 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6870 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6871
6872 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6873 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6874 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6875 browsing logs from that point on.
6876
6877 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6878 of an FSS key.
6879
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006880 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6881 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6882 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6883 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6884 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02006885 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006886 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6887 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6888 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6889 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6890 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6891 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6892 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6893 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6894
6895 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6896 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02006897 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006898 backing module right-away.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006899
6900 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6901 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6902
6903 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6904 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6905
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006906 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6907 set of processes in the message metadata.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006908
6909 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6910
6911 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6912 support for passing performance data via environment
6913 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6914 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6915 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6916 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6917 deserialize it again.
6918
Kay Sievers28f5c772013-07-22 20:17:26 +02006919 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6920 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6921 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6922 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
Lennart Poettering408f2812013-07-22 00:16:17 +02006923
Lennart Poettering251cc812013-07-23 01:32:36 +02006924 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6925 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6926 completely silent shutdown when used.
6927
6928 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6929 option in .socket units.
6930
6931 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6932 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6933 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6934 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6935 system.slice as before.
6936
6937 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6938
6939 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6940 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6941 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6942 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6943 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6944 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6945 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6946
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006947 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
Lennart Poettering4f0be682013-09-13 02:11:19 +02006948
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006949CHANGES WITH 205:
6950
6951 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6952
6953 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekccddd102016-04-21 22:57:06 -04006954 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006955 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6956 possible for system services and applications to group their
6957 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6958 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6959 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6960
6961 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
Torstein Husebøcc98b302015-01-26 15:29:14 +01006962 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02006963 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6964 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6965 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6966
6967 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6968 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6969 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6970 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6971
6972 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6973 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6974 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6975 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6976 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6977 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6978 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6979 and useful as a general batch manager.
6980
6981 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6982 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6983 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6984 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6985 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6986 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6987 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6988 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6989 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6990 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6991
6992 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6993 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6994 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6995 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6996 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6997 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6998 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6999 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7000 is compile-time optional.
7001
7002 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7003 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7004 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7005 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7006 well as slice units.
7007
7008 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7009 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7010 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7011 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7012 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7013 command that wraps this call.
7014
7015 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7016 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7017 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7018 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7019 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7020 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7021 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7022
7023 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7024 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7025 off audit.
7026
7027 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7028 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7029
7030 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04007031 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7032 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7033 and system logs.
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02007034
7035 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7036 snippets extending unit files.
7037
7038 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7039 not available as public API.
7040
7041 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007042 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02007043 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7044
7045 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7046 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7047 controls what to boot into by default.
7048
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek1fda0ab2013-07-03 11:20:17 -04007049 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7050 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7051
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02007052 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7053 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7054 about the unit file loading.
7055
Lennart Poettering00aa8322013-07-03 16:33:53 +02007056 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7057 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7058 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7059 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7060 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7061 racy due to journal file rotation.
7062
7063 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7064 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7065 all services.
7066
7067 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7068 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7069 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7070 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7071 system services want to log events about specific client
7072 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7073 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7074 unit is requested.
7075
7076 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7077 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7078 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7079 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7080 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7081 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7082 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7083 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7084 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7085 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7086 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7087 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7088 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7089
Lennart Poettering606c24e2013-05-09 15:45:50 +02007090CHANGES WITH 204:
7091
7092 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7093 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7094
7095 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7096 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7097 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7098
7099 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7100 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7101
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02007102CHANGES WITH 203:
7103
7104 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7105 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7106
7107 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7108 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7109 fields, including the root directory.
7110
7111 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7112 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
Lennart Poetteringb82eed92013-05-06 23:59:14 +02007113 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
Lennart Poettering2f3fcf82013-05-06 23:43:59 +02007114 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7115 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7116 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7117 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7118 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7119 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7120 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7121 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7122
7123 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7124 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7125
7126 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7127 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7128
7129 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7130 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7131 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7132 the local hostname.
7133
7134 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7135 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7136 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7137 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7138 VMs/containers coming and going.
7139
7140 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7141 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7142 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7143
7144 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7145 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7146 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7147 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7148
7149 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7150 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7151 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7152
7153 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7154 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7155 services. With the container's root directory in
7156 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7157 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7158
7159 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7160 the processes within a certain container.
7161
7162 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7163 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7164 check though. Patches welcome!
7165
7166 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7167 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7168 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7169 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7170 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7171
7172 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7173 the passed argument if applicable.
7174
7175 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7176 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7177 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7178 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7179 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7180 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7181 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7182 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7183
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02007184CHANGES WITH 202:
7185
7186 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7187 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7188 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7189 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7190 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7191 units activate.
7192
7193 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7194 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7195 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7196 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7197 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7198 for now, and not installable.
7199
7200 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7201 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7202 can run in conjunction with udev.
7203
7204 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7205 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7206 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7207 session manager.
7208
7209 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7210 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7211 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7212 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7213 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7214 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7215 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02007216 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02007217 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7218 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7219 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7220
7221 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7222
7223 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7224 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7225 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7226 logical expressions.
7227
7228 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7229 switches.
7230
7231 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7232 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
Lennart Poettering7c04ad22013-04-19 01:11:38 +02007233 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02007234 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7235 the user.
7236
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekcbeabcf2013-04-18 19:59:12 -04007237 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7238 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7239 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7240 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7241 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7242 an entry.
7243
Lennart Poetteringef3b5242013-04-19 00:41:24 +02007244 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7245 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7246 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7247 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7248 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7249 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7250
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02007251CHANGES WITH 201:
7252
7253 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7254 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7255 directory.
7256
7257 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7258 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7259 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7260 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7261 problem.
7262
7263 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7264 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7265 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7266 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7267
7268 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7269 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7270
7271 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7272 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7273 files in this context are files such as
7274 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7275
7276 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7277 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7278 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7279 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7280 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7281 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7282
7283 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7284 hostnames.
7285
7286 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7287 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7288 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7289 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7290 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7291 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7292 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7293 all time-related output of systemd.
7294
7295 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7296 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7297 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7298 loops.
7299
7300 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7301 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7302
7303 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7304 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007305 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
Lennart Poetteringd3a86982013-04-08 22:24:19 +02007306 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7307 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7308
7309 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7310 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7311 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7312 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7313 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7314 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7315 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7316
Lennart Poettering9ca3c172013-03-28 21:31:55 +01007317CHANGES WITH 200:
7318
7319 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7320 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7321 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7322 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7323 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7324 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7325
7326 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7327 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7328 images.
7329
7330 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7331 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7332 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7333
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007334CHANGES WITH 199:
7335
7336 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7337
7338 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7339 security policy.
7340
7341 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7342 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7343 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7344 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7345 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7346 the same service can still access). When a service is
7347 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04007348 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007349 this though).
7350
7351 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7352 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7353 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7354 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7355 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7356 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7357
7358 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04007359 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007360
7361 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7362 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7363
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007364 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007365
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01007366 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04007367 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7368 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7369 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7370 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007371
7372 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7373 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7374 system is to be mounted.
7375
7376 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7377 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7378 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7379 purpose for socket units.
7380
Lennart Poettering6a7d3d62013-03-25 23:48:08 +01007381 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7382 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7383
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmeka87197f2013-03-26 11:56:01 -04007384 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7385 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01007386 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007387 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02007388 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
Kay Sieversc20d8292013-03-26 00:41:07 +01007389
Lennart Poettering35911452013-03-25 23:05:21 +01007390 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7391 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7392 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7393 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7394 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7395 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7396 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7397 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7398 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7399
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007400CHANGES WITH 198:
7401
7402 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7403 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7404 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7405 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7406 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekad88e752013-03-09 18:55:31 -05007407 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007408 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7409 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7410 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007411 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7412 unit files locally: copying the files from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007413 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7414 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7415 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7416 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
Kay Sieversfd868972013-03-07 21:04:30 +01007417 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007418 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7419 for them too.
7420
7421 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007422 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007423 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7424 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7425 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7426 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7427 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
Kay Sievers156f7d02013-03-07 21:07:52 +01007428 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7429 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007430
7431 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7432 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7433
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007434 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007435 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7436 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7437 other users.
7438
7439 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7440 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7441 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7442 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7443 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007444 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007445 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7446 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007447 management logic is also available to other programs via the
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007448 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7449 supported.
7450
7451 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007452 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7453 the foreground VT.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007454
7455 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7456 call.
7457
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007458 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7459 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7460 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007461 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7462 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7463 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007464 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7465 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7466 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7467 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7468 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7469 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7470 also been removed.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007471
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007472 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007473 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007474 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7475 objects themselves.
7476
7477 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7478
7479 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7480 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007481 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007482 to how this is supported in shells.
7483
7484 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7485 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7486 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7487 user systemd instance.
7488
7489 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7490 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7491 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7492 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7493 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7494 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7495 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7496 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7497 one day for good in the kernel.
7498
7499 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7500 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7501 container.
7502
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007503 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007504 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007505 the host into the container.
7506
7507 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007508 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7509 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7510 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7511 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7512 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007513
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007514 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007515
7516 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7517 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007518 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7519 configured to be mounted there.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007520
7521 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7522 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7523 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7524 system resume events.
7525
7526 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7527 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007528 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007529 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007530
7531 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7532 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7533 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7534 card).
7535
7536 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7537 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7538 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7539
Kay Sieversbf933562013-03-07 20:44:26 +01007540 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7541 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7542 later "change" event.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007543
7544 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7545 now carry a message ID.
7546
7547 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7548 continues to be work in progress.
7549
7550 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7551 root directory to operate relative to.
7552
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007553 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7554 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007555 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7556 times a little.
7557
7558 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7559 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7560 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7561 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7562 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7563 request boot into firmware operations.
7564
7565 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7566 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7567 correctly in initrds.
7568
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007569 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7570 compile time optional via a configure switch.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007571
7572 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7573 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7574
7575 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7576 the status of all active or failed units.
7577
7578 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7579 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7580 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007581 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007582 requests more robust.
7583
7584 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7585 reading journal files.
7586
7587 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7588 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7589
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007590 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007591
7592 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007593 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007594
7595 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7596 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7597 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7598 socket activation in daemons.
7599
7600 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7601 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7602
Lennart Poettering43447fb2013-03-07 21:28:05 +01007603 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7604 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7605 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7606
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007607 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek499b6042014-05-24 18:45:04 -04007608 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007609 system units.
7610
7611 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7612 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7613 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7614
7615 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7616 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7617 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007618 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007619 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7620 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7621 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7622 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7623 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7624 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7625 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
Lennart Poettering6aa8d432013-03-07 21:08:04 +01007626 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007627 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7628 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7629 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7630 package installation time.
7631
7632 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7633 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7634 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7635 installation time.
7636
7637 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7638 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7639
7640 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7641
Kay Sievers40e21da2013-03-07 20:39:12 +01007642 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7643 available.
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007644
Lennart Poettering1aed4592013-03-07 20:46:27 +01007645 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7646 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7647
Lennart Poettering85d68392013-03-07 20:25:12 +01007648 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7649 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7650 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7651 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7652 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7653 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7654 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7655 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7656 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7657 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7658 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7659 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7660 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7661 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7662
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007663CHANGES WITH 197:
7664
7665 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7666 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7667 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7668 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7669 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7670 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7671 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7672 the supported calendar time specification language see
7673 systemd.time(7).
7674
7675 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7676 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7677 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7678 document for details:
7679
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007680 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007681
7682 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02007683 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7684 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007685 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7686 dependencies.
7687
7688 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7689 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7690 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7691 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7692 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7693 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7694 with a configure switch.
7695
7696 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7697 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7698 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7699 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7700 such as ext4.
7701
7702 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7703 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7704 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7705
7706 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7707 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7708
7709 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7710 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7711 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7712 using only core OS tools.
7713
7714 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7715 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7716 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7717 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7718 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7719 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7720 eventually.
7721
7722 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7723 presenting log data.
7724
7725 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02007726 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007727
7728 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7729 system on idle.
7730
7731 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7732 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7733 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7734 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7735 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7736 information if possible.
7737
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007738 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7739 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7740 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007741
7742 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7743 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7744 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7745 is running on battery power.
7746
7747 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7748 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7749 is in the "failed" state.
7750
7751 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7752 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7753 environment files at once.
7754
7755 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7756 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7757 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7758 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7759 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7760 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7761 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7762 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7763 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7764 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7765 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7766 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7767 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7768
7769 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7770 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7771
7772 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7773 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7774
7775 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7776 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7777 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7778 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02007779 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7780 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
Lennart Poettering8ad26852013-01-08 02:27:22 +01007781 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7782 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7783 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7784 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7785 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7786 shipped from us upstream.
7787
7788 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7789 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7790 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7791 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7792 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7793 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7794 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7795 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7796 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7797 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7798 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7799 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7800 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7801
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007802CHANGES WITH 196:
7803
7804 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7805 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7806 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7807 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7808 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7809 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7810 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7811 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007812 database was only attached to select devices, since the
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007813 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
Lennart Poettering96ec33c2012-11-21 01:59:45 +01007814 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7815 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7816 data for all devices where this is available, by
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007817 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7818 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7819 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7820 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7821 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7822 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7823
7824 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7825 indexed database to link up additional information with
7826 journal entries. For further details please check:
7827
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01007828 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007829
7830 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7831 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7832 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7833 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7834 macro for this purpose.
7835
7836 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7837 Python logging framework.
7838
7839 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7840 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7841 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7842 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07007843 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007844 time intervals.
7845
7846 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7847 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7848 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7849
7850 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7851 right-away on the selected coredump.
7852
7853 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7854 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7855 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7856
7857 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7858 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7859 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7860 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7861
7862 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7863 default.
7864
7865 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7866 SMACK security label.
7867
7868 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7869 daylight saving change.
7870
7871 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7872 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7873 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7874 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7875 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7876 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7877 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7878
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmekd35f51e2018-07-16 12:44:24 +02007879 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7880 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7881 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7882 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7883 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7884 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7885 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
Lennart Poettering0428ddb2012-11-21 01:37:11 +01007886
7887 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7888 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7889
7890 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7891 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7892 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7893 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7894 offline updating tools.
7895
7896 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7897 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7898 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7899 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7900 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7901 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7902
7903 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7904 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7905
7906 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7907 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7908 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7909 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7910 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7911 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7912 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7913 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7914 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7915
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007916CHANGES WITH 195:
7917
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007918 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007919 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7920 units via --unit=/-u.
7921
Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek68271012012-10-29 09:52:31 +00007922 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007923 right thing.
7924
7925 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7926 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7927 rotation.
7928
7929 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7930 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7931 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7932 completion of journalctl has been updated
7933 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7934 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7935
7936 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7937 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7938
7939 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7940 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7941 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7942 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7943 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7944 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7945 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7946 completion.
7947
7948 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7949 extract coredumps from the journal.
7950
7951 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7952 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7953 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7954 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7955 scratch their heads.
7956
7957 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7958 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7959
7960 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7961 in immediate termination of systemd.
7962
7963 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7964 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7965
7966 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7967 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7968 mouse screen support has been added.
7969
7970 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7971 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7972
Lennart Poettering1cb88f22012-10-23 17:13:01 +02007973 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007974 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7975 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7976 "systemctl reload".
7977
Ben Boeckel15f47222012-10-27 03:08:56 -04007978 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007979 -u" instead.
7980
7981 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7982 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7983 configured.
7984
7985 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7986 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7987
7988 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7989 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
Lennart Poettering4d92e072012-10-23 02:03:10 +02007990 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7991 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7992 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7993 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7994 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
Lennart Poettering139ee8c2012-10-23 00:01:47 +02007995
Lennart Poetteringf9b55722012-10-03 14:32:29 -04007996CHANGES WITH 194:
7997
7998 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7999 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8000 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8001 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8002 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8003 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8004 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8005 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8006 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8007 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8008 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8009 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8010
8011 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8012 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8013 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8014
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02008015CHANGES WITH 193:
8016
8017 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8018 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8019
8020 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8021 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8022 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8023
8024 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8025 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8026 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8027 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8028 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8029 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8030 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8031
8032 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8033 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8034
8035 This will download the journal contents in a
8036 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8037
8038 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8039
8040 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8041 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8042 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8043 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8044 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8045
8046 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8047
8048 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8049 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8050
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02008051CHANGES WITH 192:
8052
8053 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8054 too.
8055
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008056 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02008057 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8058 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
Torstein Husebø61233822016-07-10 14:48:23 +02008059 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02008060 just start them.
8061
8062 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8063 and line break accordingly.
8064
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02008065 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8066 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poettering075d4ec2012-09-25 22:23:57 +02008067
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008068CHANGES WITH 191:
8069
8070 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8071 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8072 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8073 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8074 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8075
8076 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8077 will default to 10 if omitted.
8078
8079 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8080 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8081 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8082 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02008083 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008084
8085 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8086 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8087 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8088 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8089 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8090 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02008091 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008092
8093 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8094 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
Lennart Poettering6563b532012-09-23 19:19:22 +02008095 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02008096 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008097 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8098 into two.
8099
Lennart Poettering597c52c2012-09-28 01:34:38 +02008100 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8101 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008102
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008103CHANGES WITH 190:
8104
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008105 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008106 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8107 "systemctl status".
8108
8109 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8110 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
Lennart Poettering8d0256b2012-09-20 22:50:26 +02008111 system to another place in the same file system could not be
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008112 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8113 field.)
8114
8115 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8116 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8117 default.
8118
8119 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8120 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8121 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8122 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8123 in a container.
8124
8125 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8126 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8127 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8128 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8129 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8130 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8131
8132 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8133 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8134 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8135 no-op.
8136
8137 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8138 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8139 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8140 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8141 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8142
8143 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8144 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8145
8146 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8147 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8148 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8149 command.
8150
8151 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8152 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8153 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8154
8155 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8156
8157 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8158 multiple files at once.
8159
8160 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8161 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8162 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8163 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8164 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8165 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8166 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8167
Lennart Poetteringa98d5d62012-09-20 19:12:23 +02008168 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8169 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8170 now support specifiers as well.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008171
8172 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8173 dir: %_presetdir.
8174
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008175 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
Jan Engelhardtdca348b2014-05-08 01:28:44 +02008176 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008177
8178 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8179 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8180 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8181 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8182 anymore.
8183
Lennart Poetteringaaccc322012-09-20 19:58:31 +02008184 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008185 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8186 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8187 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8188
8189 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8190 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8191 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8192
8193 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8194 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8195 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8196 sockets.
8197
8198 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8199 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8200 is changed.
8201
8202 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8203 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8204 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8205 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8206 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
Veres Lajosf1317702014-12-29 09:45:58 +00008207 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008208 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8209
8210 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8211
8212 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8213 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8214
Lennart Poetteringaad803a2012-09-20 19:00:26 +02008215 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8216 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8217
8218 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8219 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8220 (%b).
8221
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008222 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
Lennart Poettering0c11f942012-09-20 18:54:20 +02008223 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8224 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8225 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8226 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8227 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8228 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8229
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02008230CHANGES WITH 189:
8231
8232 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8233 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8234
8235 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8236 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8237 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8238 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8239 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8240 syslog daemons again.
8241
8242 * The libudev API gained the new
8243 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8244
8245 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8246 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8247 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8248 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8249
8250 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8251 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8252 container.
8253
8254 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8255 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8256 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8257 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8258 this explaining it in more detail.
8259
8260 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8261 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8262 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8263 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8264
8265 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8266 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8267 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8268 journal files.
8269
8270 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8271 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8272 as container init process a lot more fun.
8273
8274 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8275 entries.
8276
8277 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8278 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8279 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8280 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8281 different sets of services.
8282
8283 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8284 failure state.
8285
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008286 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
Lennart Poettering38a60d72012-08-23 02:46:22 +02008287 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8288 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8289
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02008290CHANGES WITH 188:
8291
8292 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8293 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8294 tree a lot more organized.
8295
8296 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8297 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8298
8299 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8300 services.
8301
8302 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8303 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8304 filtering by log level now.
8305
8306 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8307 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8308 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8309
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07008310 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02008311 command lines involving service unit names.
8312
8313 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8314 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8315
8316 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8317 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8318 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8319
8320 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8321 option.
8322
8323 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8324 a shutdown is cancelled.
8325
8326 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8327 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8328 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8329 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8330 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8331
8332 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8333 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8334 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8335 for display managers instead.
8336
8337 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8338 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8339 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8340 protection, and suchlike.
8341
8342 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8343 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8344 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8345 the service.
8346
8347 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8348 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8349 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8350 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8351 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8352 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8353
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02008354CHANGES WITH 187:
8355
8356 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8357 pages.
8358
8359 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8360 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8361 data loss.
8362
Lennart Poetteringc269cec2012-08-08 21:49:01 +02008363 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02008364 option.
8365
8366 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8367
8368 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8369 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8370
8371 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8372 specific directory.
8373
8374 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8375 messages of two different boots.
8376
8377 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8378 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8379 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8380
8381 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8382 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8383 disjunctions.
8384
8385 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8386 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8387 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8388
8389 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8390 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8391 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8392
8393 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8394 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8395 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8396 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8397 speed things up a bit.
8398
8399 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8400 header data of journal files.
8401
8402 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8403 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8404 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8405
8406 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8407 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8408 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8409 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8410
8411 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8412
8413 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8414 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8415 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8416 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8417
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008418CHANGES WITH 186:
8419
8420 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8421 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8422 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8423 prefixed with rd.
8424
8425 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8426 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8427
8428 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8429
8430 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8431
Lennart Poetteringd1f9eda2012-07-02 14:33:04 +02008432 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008433
8434 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8435 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8436 as well.
8437
8438 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8439 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8440 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8441
8442 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8443 does the right thing. Example:
8444
8445 udevadm info /dev/sda
8446 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8447
8448 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8449 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8450 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8451 running.
8452
8453 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8454 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8455
8456 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8457 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8458
8459 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8460 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8461 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8462 files.
8463
8464 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8465 be stopped that is not loaded.
8466
8467 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8468
8469 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8470
8471 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8472 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8473 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8474 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8475
8476 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8477 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8478 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8479 completed initialization.
8480
8481 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8482
8483 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8484 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8485 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8486 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8487 distributions.
8488
8489 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8490 always valid when services log to the journal via
8491 STDOUT/STDERR.
8492
8493 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8494 command line options we understand.
8495
8496 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8497 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8498
Kay Sievers91ac7422012-07-02 15:05:26 +02008499 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008500 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8501
8502 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8503 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8504 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8505 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8506
8507 systemctl status /home
8508 systemctl status /dev/sda
8509
8510 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8511 system.conf parsing.
8512
8513 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8514 Manager object.
8515
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008516 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008517
8518 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8519
8520 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8521 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8522 complete.
8523
8524 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8525 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8526 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8527 systemd-fsck@.service.
8528
8529 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8530 Manager object.
8531
8532 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8533 work sensibly.
8534
8535 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8536 we actually understand.
8537
8538 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8539 additional capabilities to the container.
8540
8541 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
Lennart Poettering5b00c012012-07-18 01:24:39 +02008542 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008543 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8544
8545 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8546 the current boot only.
8547
8548 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8549 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8550
8551 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8552 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8553 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8554 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8555 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8556
Lennart Poetteringc4f1b862012-07-20 00:38:02 +02008557 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008558
Lennart Poettering2d938ac2012-07-03 16:27:59 +02008559 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8560 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8561 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8562 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008563
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008564CHANGES WITH 185:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008565
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008566 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8567 available.
8568
8569 * Several new man pages have been added.
8570
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008571 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8572 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8573 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8574 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008575
Lennart Poetteringb5b4c942012-07-02 11:38:03 +02008576 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8577 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
Kay Sievers2d197282012-06-04 20:15:16 +02008578
8579 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8580 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8581 Matthias Clasen
8582
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008583CHANGES WITH 184:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008584
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02008585 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8586 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8587
8588 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8589 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8590 daemon.
8591
8592 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8593 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8594
8595 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8596 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8597 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8598 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8599
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008600CHANGES WITH 183:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008601
Lennart Poettering187076d2012-05-24 16:41:08 +02008602 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8603 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8604 and systemd's most recent version number.
8605
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008606 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8607 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8608 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8609 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8610 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008611 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
Kay Sievers07cd4fc2012-04-08 16:50:16 +02008612
Tollef Fog Heen91cf7e52012-04-17 09:47:23 +02008613 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008614 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8615 subsystems.
Kay Sievers64661ee2012-04-06 19:52:49 +02008616
Kay Sievers2d13da82012-04-09 20:45:45 +02008617 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8618 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8619 used to subscribe to events.
8620
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008621 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8622 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8623 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8624 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008625 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
Kay Sievers194bbe32012-04-15 02:35:31 +02008626 forked by udev rules.
8627
Kay Sieversf13b3882012-04-16 23:32:22 +02008628 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8629 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8630 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8631 it.
8632
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008633 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008634 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8635 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8636 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008637 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
Kay Sieversc1959562012-05-15 23:44:28 +02008638
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008639 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
Lennart Poettering9ae9afc2012-05-24 16:52:12 +02008640 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
Kay Sievers18b754d2012-03-30 23:18:33 +02008641
8642 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8643 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8644 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8645 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8646
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008647 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8648 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8649 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8650 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8651 to be used as drop-in files.
8652
8653 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
Ville Skyttä49f43d52012-07-15 11:41:40 +03008654 particular suspending and hibernating.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008655
8656 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8657 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8658 about this in more detail.
8659
8660 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008661 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008662 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8663 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8664 from git history and add them downstream.
8665
8666 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8667 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008668 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008669 units.
8670
8671 * All smaller setup units (such as
8672 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8673 are run in a container and are skipped when
8674 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8675 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8676
8677 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8678 integrated, for details see:
AsciiWolfc6749ba2017-02-21 18:26:23 +01008679 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008680
8681 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8682 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8683 messages.
8684
Lennart Poettering439d6df2012-05-24 17:03:52 +02008685 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8686 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008687 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8688 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8689 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8690
8691 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8692 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8693 for all units started by PID 1.
8694
8695 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8696 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8697 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8698
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008699 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8700 of PID 1 anymore.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008701
8702 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8703 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008704 have not been read by systemd yet.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008705
8706 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8707 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8708 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8709 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8710 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8711 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8712
8713 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8714 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8715
8716 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8717
8718 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8719 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8720 so sexy.
8721
8722 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8723 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8724 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8725 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8726 patterns.
8727
8728 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8729 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8730 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8731 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8732
8733 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8734 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8735
8736 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8737 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8738 in systemd now.
8739
8740 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8741 ID on the command line.
8742
Lennart Poetteringf8c0a2c2012-05-24 17:06:03 +02008743 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008744 for an init system.
8745
8746 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8747 vt100.
8748
8749 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8750
8751 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
Lennart Poettering39432312012-05-24 16:53:31 +02008752 components now have directories of their own.
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008753
8754 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8755
8756 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8757 container in other hierarchies.
8758
8759 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8760 system.conf.
8761
8762 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8763
8764 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8765 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8766
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008767 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
Lennart Poetteringea5943d2012-05-24 16:39:55 +02008768 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8769
8770 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8771 locally generated journal files.
8772
8773 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8774
8775 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8776
Lennart Poettering79849bf2012-05-24 18:15:35 +02008777 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8778 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8779 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8780 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8781 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8782 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8783 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8784 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8785 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8786 Gundersen
8787
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008788CHANGES WITH 44:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008789
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008790 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8791
8792 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8793 KVM or container configured UUID.
8794
8795 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8796
8797 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8798
Anatol Pomozovab06eef2013-04-14 19:37:54 -07008799 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008800 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8801
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02008802 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008803
8804 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8805 folks
8806
8807 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008808 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008809 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8810
8811 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8812 configuration
8813
8814 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8815 free fashion
8816
8817 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8818 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
Jan Engelhardtb938cb92014-08-03 07:11:12 +02008819 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
Lennart Poettering16f12392012-03-16 01:57:47 +01008820 automatically generated data.
8821
8822 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8823 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8824 however.
8825
8826 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8827 tarball.
8828
8829 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8830 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8831 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8832 Reding
8833
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008834CHANGES WITH 43:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008835
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008836 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8837
8838 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8839
8840 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8841
Torstein Husebø45afd512015-05-26 19:17:30 +02008842 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
Lennart Poettering437b7de2012-02-15 05:00:27 +01008843 normal user logins.
8844
8845 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8846 Biebl
8847
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008848CHANGES WITH 42:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008849
Lennart Poettering204fa332012-02-11 01:52:18 +01008850 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8851
8852 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8853 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8854 xsltproc.
8855
8856 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8857 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8858 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8859
8860 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8861 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8862 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8863
8864 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8865
8866 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8867 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8868 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8869
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008870CHANGES WITH 41:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008871
Kay Sieverse0d25322012-02-08 00:08:10 +01008872 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8873 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8874 package update.
8875
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008876 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8877 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8878 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8879
8880 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8881 complete.
8882
8883 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8884 understood to set system wide environment variables
8885 dynamically at boot.
8886
Jason St. Johne9c1ea92013-07-02 13:24:48 +02008887 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
Lennart Poetteringccd07a02012-02-09 02:06:13 +01008888
Lennart Poettering353e12c2012-02-09 03:18:04 +01008889 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8890 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8891 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8892 files.
8893
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008894 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8895 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8896 William Douglas
8897
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008898CHANGES WITH 40:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008899
Lennart Poetteringd26e4272012-02-07 03:38:23 +01008900 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8901
8902 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8903 "Result" D-Bus property.
8904
8905 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8906 the next few releases.)
8907
8908 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8909 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8910 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8911 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8912
Lennart Poetteringb13df962012-02-09 01:06:07 +01008913 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8914 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8915 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8916
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008917CHANGES WITH 39:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008918
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008919 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8920 bugfixes.
8921
8922 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8923 resource usage.
8924
8925 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8926 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8927 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8928 journals by the respective users.
8929
8930 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8931 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8932 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8933
8934 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8935 client for all entries.
8936
8937 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8938
8939 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8940 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8941
8942 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8943 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8944 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8945 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8946
8947 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8948 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8949 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8950
8951 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8952 journal along with meta data.
8953
8954 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8955 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8956 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8957
8958 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8959 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01008960 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008961
8962 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8963
8964 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8965 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8966 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8967 or fsck.
8968
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02008969 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008970 requested with new -k switch.
8971
8972 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8973 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8974
8975CHANGES WITH 38:
Lennart Poetteringb6a86732012-09-21 23:05:10 +02008976
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01008977 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8978 bugfixes.
8979
8980 * The git repository moved to:
8981 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8982 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8983
8984 * First release with the journal
8985 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8986
8987 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8988 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8989
8990 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8991
8992 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8993
8994 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8995 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8996 remote mounts.
8997
8998 * Added Mageia support
8999
9000 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9001
9002 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9003 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9004 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9005 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9006 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9007
9008 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9009 of existing distributions.
9010
9011 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9012 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9013
9014 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9015 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9016 boot.
9017
9018 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9019
9020 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9021 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9022 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9023 among other things.
9024
9025 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9026 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9027
9028 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9029
Jakub Wilkce830872016-10-22 13:18:17 +02009030 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01009031 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9032 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9033
9034 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9035 restored.
9036
9037 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9038 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9039 kmod
9040
Jan Engelhardtd28315e2014-05-03 19:15:23 +02009041 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01009042 of /usr/local by default.
9043
9044 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9045 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9046 in:
AsciiWolf56cadcb2017-02-21 16:03:04 +01009047 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01009048
9049 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9050 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9051 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9052 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9053 supported anyway, and bad style).
9054
9055 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9056 reloading of units together.
9057
Lennart Poettering4c8cd172012-05-31 01:58:01 +02009058 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
Lennart Poettering220a21d2012-01-25 01:02:41 +01009059 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9060 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9061 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9062 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek